Upload
others
View
10
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
1-1 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
Chapter 01 The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments Answer
Key
Multiple Choice Questions
1. Gaw Company owns 15% of the common stock of Trace Corporation and used the fair-value
method to account for this investment. Trace reported net income of $110,000 for 2013 and
paid dividends of $60,000 on October 1, 2013. How much income should Gaw recognize on
this investment in 2013?
A. $16,500.
B. $9,000.
C. $25,500.
D. $7,500.
E. $50,000.
$60,000 × .15 = $9,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 01-01 Describe in general the various methods of accounting for an investment in equity shares of another
company.
1-2 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Yaro Company owns 30% of the common stock of Dew Co. and uses the equity method to
account for the investment. During 2013, Dew reported income of $250,000 and paid
dividends of $80,000. There is no amortization associated with the investment. During 2013,
how much income should Yaro recognize related to this investment?
A. $24,000.
B. $75,000.
C. $99,000.
D. $51,000.
E. $80,000.
$250,000 × .30 = $75,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 01-02 Identify the sole criterion for applying the equity method of accounting and guidance in assessing
whether the criterion is met.
1-3 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
3. On January 1, 2013, Pacer Company paid $1,920,000 for 60,000 shares of Lennon Co.'s
voting common stock which represents a 45% investment. No allocation to goodwill or other
specific account was made. Significant influence over Lennon was achieved by this
acquisition. Lennon distributed a dividend of $2.50 per share during 2013 and reported net
income of $670,000. What was the balance in the Investment in Lennon Co. account found in
the financial records of Pacer as of December 31, 2013?
A. $2,040,500.
B. $2,212,500.
C. $2,260,500.
D. $2,171,500.
E. $2,071,500.
$1,920,000 + ($670,000 × .45) - ($2.50 × 60,000) = $2,071,500
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-02 Identify the sole criterion for applying the equity method of accounting and guidance in assessing
whether the criterion is met.
1-4 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
4. A company should always use the equity method to account for an investment if:
A. It has the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating policies of the investee.
B. It owns 30% of another company's stock.
C. It has a controlling interest (more than 50%) of another company's stock.
D. The investment was made primarily to earn a return on excess cash.
E. It does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operating policies of
the investee.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 01-01 Describe in general the various methods of accounting for an investment in equity shares of another
company.
1-5 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
5. On January 1, 2011, Dermot Company purchased 15% of the voting common stock of Horne
Corp. On January 1, 2013, Dermot purchased 28% of Horne's voting common stock. If Dermot
achieves significant influence with this new investment, how must Dermot account for the
change to the equity method?
A. It must use the equity method for 2013 but should make no changes in its financial
statements for 2012 and 2011.
B. It should prepare consolidated financial statements for 2013.
C. It must restate the financial statements for 2012 and 2011 as if the equity method had been
used for those two years.
D. It should record a prior period adjustment at the beginning of 2013 but should not restate
the financial statements for 2012 and 2011.
E. It must restate the financial statements for 2012 as if the equity method had been used
then.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-03 Prepare basic equity method journal entries for an investor and describe the financial reporting for
equity method investments.
1-6 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
6. During January 2012, Wells, Inc. acquired 30% of the outstanding common stock of Wilton Co.
for $1,400,000. This investment gave Wells the ability to exercise significant influence over
Wilton. Wilton's assets on that date were recorded at $6,400,000 with liabilities of $3,000,000.
Any excess of cost over book value of Wells' investment was attributed to unrecorded patents
having a remaining useful life of ten years.
In 2012, Wilton reported net income of $600,000. For 2013, Wilton reported net income of
$750,000. Dividends of $200,000 were paid in each of these two years. What was the reported
balance of Wells' Investment in Wilson Co. at December 31, 2013?
A. $1,609,000.
B. $1,485,000.
C. $1,685,000.
D. $1,647,000.
E. $1,054,300.
$6,400,000 - $3,000,000 = $3,400,000 × 30% = $1,020,000
$1,400,000 - $1,020,000 = $380,000/10yrs = $38,000 Unrecorded Patents Amortization
$1,400,000 + $180,000 + $225,000 - $60,000 - $60,000 - $38,000 - $38,000 = $1,609,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-7 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
7. On January 1, 2013, Bangle Company purchased 30% of the voting common stock of Sleat
Corp. for $1,000,000. Any excess of cost over book value was assigned to goodwill. During
2013, Sleat paid dividends of $24,000 and reported a net loss of $140,000. What is the
balance in the investment account on December 31, 2013?
A. $950,800.
B. $958,000.
C. $836,000.
D. $990,100.
E. $956,400.
$1,000,000 - $42,000 - $7,200 = $950,800
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-02 Identify the sole criterion for applying the equity method of accounting and guidance in assessing
whether the criterion is met.
1-8 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
8. On January 1, 2013, Jordan Inc. acquired 30% of Nico Corp. Jordan used the equity method
to account for the investment. On January 1, 2014, Jordan sold two-thirds of its investment in
Nico. It no longer had the ability to exercise significant influence over the operations of Nico.
How should Jordan have accounted for this change?
A. Jordan should continue to use the equity method to maintain consistency in its financial
statements.
B. Jordan should restate the prior years' financial statements and change the balance in the
investment account as if the fair-value method had been used since 2013.
C. Jordan has the option of using either the equity method or the fair-value method for 2013
and future years.
D. Jordan should report the effect of the change from the equity to the fair-value method as a
retrospective change in accounting principle.
E. Jordan should use the fair-value method for 2014 and future years but should not make a
retrospective adjustment to the investment account.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-03 Prepare basic equity method journal entries for an investor and describe the financial reporting for
equity method investments.
1-9 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
9. Tower Inc. owns 30% of Yale Co. and applies the equity method. During the current year,
Tower bought inventory costing $66,000 and then sold it to Yale for $120,000. At year-end,
only $24,000 of merchandise was still being held by Yale. What amount of intra-entity
inventory profit must be deferred by Tower?
A. $6,480.
B. $3,240.
C. $10,800.
D. $16,200.
E. $6,610.
$120,000 - $66,000 = $54,000
$24,000/$120,000 = 20% × $54,000 = $10,800 × 30% = $3,240
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-10 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
10. On January 4, 2013, Watts Co. purchased 40,000 shares (40%) of the common stock of
Adams Corp., paying $800,000. There was no goodwill or other cost allocation associated with
the investment. Watts has significant influence over Adams. During 2013, Adams reported
income of $200,000 and paid dividends of $80,000. On January 2, 2014, Watts sold 5,000
shares for $125,000. What was the balance in the investment account after the shares had
been sold?
A. $848,000.
B. $742,000.
C. $723,000.
D. $761,000.
E. $925,000.
$800,000 + $80,000 - $32,000 = $848,000 - (5,000/40,000 × $848,000) = $742,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
Learning Objective: 01-05d Understand the financial reporting consequences for sales of equity method investments.
1-11 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
11. On January 3, 2013, Austin Corp. purchased 25% of the voting common stock of Gainsville
Co., paying $2,500,000. Austin decided to use the equity method to account for this
investment. At the time of the investment, Gainsville's total stockholders' equity was
$8,000,000. Austin gathered the following information about Gainsville's assets and liabilities:
For all other assets and liabilities, book value and fair value were equal. Any excess of cost
over fair value was attributed to goodwill, which has not been impaired.
What is the amount of goodwill associated with the investment?
A. $500,000.
B. $200,000.
C. $0.
D. $300,000.
E. $400,000.
Blgs $500,000 - $400,000 = $100,000 FV > BV
Equipment $1,300,000 - $1,000,000 = $300,000 FV > BV
Franchises $400,000 - 0 = $400,000 FV > BV
$100,000 + $300,000 + $400,000 = $800,000 × 25% = $200,000 Identifiable Excess Paid
$8,000,000 × 25% = $2,000,000 BV
($2,500,000 Paid) - ($2,000,000 BV) = ($500,000 FV > BV) - ($200,000 Identifiable Excess
Paid) = $300,000 Unidentifiable Excess Paid (Goodwill)
1-12 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-13 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
12. On January 3, 2013, Austin Corp. purchased 25% of the voting common stock of Gainsville
Co., paying $2,500,000. Austin decided to use the equity method to account for this
investment. At the time of the investment, Gainsville's total stockholders' equity was
$8,000,000. Austin gathered the following information about Gainsville's assets and liabilities:
For all other assets and liabilities, book value and fair value were equal. Any excess of cost
over fair value was attributed to goodwill, which has not been impaired.
For 2013, what is the total amount of excess amortization for Austin's 25% investment in
Gainsville?
A. $27,500.
B. $20,000.
C. $30,000.
D. $120,000.
E. $70,000.
$500,000 - $400,000 = $100,000/10yrs = $10,000
$1,300,000 - $1,000,000 = $300,000/5yrs = $60,000
$400,000 - 0 = $400,000/8yrs = $50,000
$10,000 + $60,000 + $50,000 = $120,000 × 25% = $30,000
1-14 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
13. Club Co. appropriately uses the equity method to account for its investment in Chip Corp. As
of the end of 2013, Chip's common stock had suffered a significant decline in fair value, which
is expected to be recovered over the next several months. How should Club account for the
decline in value?
A. Club should switch to the fair-value method.
B. No accounting because the decline in fair value is temporary.
C. Club should decrease the balance in the investment account to the current value and
recognize a loss on the income statement.
D. Club should not record its share of Chip's 2013 earnings until the decline in the fair value of
the stock has been recovered.
E. Club should decrease the balance in the investment account to the current value and
recognize an unrealized loss on the balance sheet.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 01-03 Prepare basic equity method journal entries for an investor and describe the financial reporting for
equity method investments.
1-15 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
14. An upstream sale of inventory is a sale:
A. between subsidiaries owned by a common parent.
B. with the transfer of goods scheduled by contract to occur on a specified future date.
C. in which the goods are physically transported by boat from a subsidiary to its parent.
D. made by the investor to the investee.
E. made by the investee to the investor.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-16 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
15. Atlarge Inc. owns 30% of the outstanding voting common stock of Ticker Co. and has the
ability to significantly influence the investee's operations and decision making. On January 1,
2013, the balance in the Investment in Ticker Co. account was $402,000. Amortization
associated with the purchase of this investment is $8,000 per year. During 2013, Ticker
earned income of $108,000 and paid cash dividends of $36,000. Previously in 2012, Ticker
had sold inventory costing $28,800 to Atlarge for $48,000. All but 25% of this merchandise
was consumed by Atlarge during 2012. The remainder was used during the first few weeks of
2013. Additional sales were made to Atlarge in 2013; inventory costing $33,600 was
transferred at a price of $60,000. Of this total, 40% was not consumed until 2014.
What amount of equity income would Atlarge have recognized in 2013 from its ownership
interest in Ticker?
A. $19,792.
B. $27,640.
C. $22,672.
D. $24,400.
E. $21,748.
2013 Income $108,000 × 30% = $32,400
2012 Inventory Profit Realized $48,000 - $28,800 = $19,200 × 25% = $4,800 × 30% = $1,440
2013 Inventory Profit Deferred $60,000 - $33,600 = $26,400 × 40% = $10,560 × 30% = $3,168
2013 Purchase Amortization $8,000
$32,400 + $1,440 - $3,168 - $8,000 = $22,672 Equity Income 2013
1-17 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-02 Identify the sole criterion for applying the equity method of accounting and guidance in assessing
whether the criterion is met.
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-18 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
16. Atlarge Inc. owns 30% of the outstanding voting common stock of Ticker Co. and has the
ability to significantly influence the investee's operations and decision making. On January 1,
2013, the balance in the Investment in Ticker Co. account was $402,000. Amortization
associated with the purchase of this investment is $8,000 per year. During 2013, Ticker
earned income of $108,000 and paid cash dividends of $36,000. Previously in 2012, Ticker
had sold inventory costing $28,800 to Atlarge for $48,000. All but 25% of this merchandise
was consumed by Atlarge during 2012. The remainder was used during the first few weeks of
2013. Additional sales were made to Atlarge in 2013; inventory costing $33,600 was
transferred at a price of $60,000. Of this total, 40% was not consumed until 2014.
What was the balance in the Investment in Ticker Co. account at the end of 2013?
A. $401,136.
B. $413,872.
C. $418,840.
D. $412,432.
E. $410,148.
2013 Beginning Balance = $402,000
2013 Income Recognized = $22,672
2013 Dividend Received = ($36,000 × 30%) = $10,800
2013 Ending Balance = ($402,000 + $22,672 - $10,800) = $413,872
1-19 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-02 Identify the sole criterion for applying the equity method of accounting and guidance in assessing
whether the criterion is met.
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-20 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
17. On January 1, 2013, Deuce Inc. acquired 15% of Wiz Co.'s outstanding common stock for
$62,400 and categorized the investment as an available-for-sale security. Wiz earned net
income of $96,000 in 2013 and paid dividends of $36,000. On January 1, 2014, Deuce bought
an additional 10% of Wiz for $54,000. This second purchase gave Deuce the ability to
significantly influence the decision making of Wiz. During 2014, Wiz earned $120,000 and paid
$48,000 in dividends. As of December 31, 2014, Wiz reported a net book value of $468,000.
For both purchases, Deuce concluded that Wiz Co.'s book values approximated fair values
and attributed any excess cost to goodwill.
On Deuce's December 31, 2014 balance sheet, what balance was reported for the Investment
in Wiz Co. account?
A. $139,560.
B. $143,400.
C. $310,130.
D. $186,080.
E. $182,250.
2013 Purchase = $62,400
2013 Income = ($96,000 × 15%) = $14,400
2013 Dividend = ($36,000 × 15%) = $5,400
2014 Purchase = $54,000
2014 Income = ($120,000 × 25%) = $30,000
2014 Dividend = ($48,000 × 25%) = $12,000
Ending 2014 Balance = ($62,400 + $14,400 - $5,400 + $54,000 + $30,000 - $12,000) =
$143,400
1-21 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-02 Identify the sole criterion for applying the equity method of accounting and guidance in assessing
whether the criterion is met.
Learning Objective: 01-03 Prepare basic equity method journal entries for an investor and describe the financial reporting for
equity method investments.
1-22 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
18. On January 1, 2013, Deuce Inc. acquired 15% of Wiz Co.'s outstanding common stock for
$62,400 and categorized the investment as an available-for-sale security. Wiz earned net
income of $96,000 in 2013 and paid dividends of $36,000. On January 1, 2014, Deuce bought
an additional 10% of Wiz for $54,000. This second purchase gave Deuce the ability to
significantly influence the decision making of Wiz. During 2014, Wiz earned $120,000 and paid
$48,000 in dividends. As of December 31, 2014, Wiz reported a net book value of $468,000.
For both purchases, Deuce concluded that Wiz Co.'s book values approximated fair values
and attributed any excess cost to goodwill.
What amount of equity income should Deuce have reported for 2014?
A. $30,000.
B. $16,420.
C. $38,340.
D. $18,000.
E. $32,840.
2014 Income = ($120,000 × 25%) = $30,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-02 Identify the sole criterion for applying the equity method of accounting and guidance in assessing
whether the criterion is met.
1-23 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
19. In a situation where the investor exercises significant influence over the investee, which of the
following entries is not actually posted to the books of the investor?
1) Debit to the Investment account, and a Credit to the Equity in Investee Income account.
2) Debit to Cash (for dividends received from the investee), and a Credit to Dividend Revenue.
3) Debit to Cash (for dividends received from the investee), and a Credit to the Investment
account.
A. Entries 1 and 2.
B. Entries 2 and 3.
C. Entry 1 only.
D. Entry 2 only.
E. Entry 3 only.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-03 Prepare basic equity method journal entries for an investor and describe the financial reporting for
equity method investments.
1-24 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
20. All of the following would require use of the equity method for investments except:
A. material intra-entity transactions.
B. investor participation in the policy-making process of the investee.
C. valuation at fair value.
D. technological dependency.
E. significant control.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 01-01 Describe in general the various methods of accounting for an investment in equity shares of another
company.
1-25 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
21. All of the following statements regarding the investment account using the equity method are
true except:
A. The investment is recorded at cost.
B. Dividends received are reported as revenue.
C. Net income of investee increases the investment account.
D. Dividends received reduce the investment account.
E. Amortization of fair value over cost reduces the investment account.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 01-02 Identify the sole criterion for applying the equity method of accounting and guidance in assessing
whether the criterion is met.
1-26 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
22. A company has been using the fair-value method to account for its investment. The company
now has the ability to significantly control the investee and the equity method has been
deemed appropriate. Which of the following statements is true?
A. A cumulative effect change in accounting principle must occur.
B. A prospective change in accounting principle must occur.
C. A retrospective change in accounting principle must occur.
D. The investor will not receive future dividends from the investee.
E. Future dividends will continue to be recorded as revenue.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-05a Understand the financial reporting consequences for a change to the equity method.
1-27 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
23. A company has been using the equity method to account for its investment. The company
sells shares and does not continue to have significant control. Which of the following
statements is true?
A. A cumulative effect change in accounting principle must occur.
B. A prospective change in accounting principle must occur.
C. A retrospective change in accounting principle must occur.
D. The investor will not receive future dividends from the investee.
E. Future dividends will continue to reduce the investment account.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-05d Understand the financial reporting consequences for sales of equity method investments.
1-28 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
24. An investee company incurs an extraordinary loss during the period. The investor
appropriately applies the equity method. Which of the following statements is true?
A. Under the equity method, the investor only recognizes its share of investee's income from
continuing operations.
B. The extraordinary loss would reduce the value of the investment.
C. The extraordinary loss should increase equity in investee income.
D. The extraordinary loss would not appear on the income statement but would be a
component of comprehensive income.
E. The loss would be ignored but shown in the investor's notes to the financial statements.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-03 Prepare basic equity method journal entries for an investor and describe the financial reporting for
equity method investments.
1-29 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
25. How should a permanent loss in value of an investment using the equity method be treated?
A. The equity in investee income is reduced.
B. A loss is reported the same as a loss in value of other long-term assets.
C. The investor's stockholders' equity is reduced.
D. No adjustment is necessary.
E. An extraordinary loss would be reported.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-05c Understand the financial reporting consequences for investee losses.
1-30 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
26. Under the equity method, when the company's share of cumulative losses equals its
investment and the company has no obligation or intention to fund such additional losses,
which of the following statements is true?
A. The investor should change to the fair-value method to account for its investment.
B. The investor should suspend applying the equity method until the investee reports income.
C. The investor should suspend applying the equity method and not record any equity in
income of investee until its share of future profits is sufficient to recover losses that have
not previously been recorded.
D. The cumulative losses should be reported as a prior period adjustment.
E. The investor should report these losses as extraordinary items.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-05b Understand the financial reporting consequences for investee other comprehensive income.
1-31 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
27. When an investor sells shares of its investee company, which of the following statements is
true?
A. A realized gain or loss is reported as the difference between selling price and original cost.
B. An unrealized gain or loss is reported as the difference between selling price and original
cost.
C. A realized gain or loss is reported as the difference between selling price and carrying
value.
D. An unrealized gain or loss is reported as the difference between selling price and carrying
value.
E. Any gain or loss is reported as part as comprehensive income.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-05d Understand the financial reporting consequences for sales of equity method investments.
1-32 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
28. When applying the equity method, how is the excess of cost over book value accounted for?
A. The excess is allocated to the difference between fair value and book value multiplied by
the percent ownership of current assets.
B. The excess is allocated to the difference between fair value and book value multiplied by
the percent ownership of total assets.
C. The excess is allocated to the difference between fair value and book value multiplied by
the percent ownership of net assets.
D. The excess is allocated to goodwill.
E. The excess is ignored.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-33 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
29. After allocating cost in excess of book value, which asset or liability would not be amortized
over a useful life?
A. Cost of goods sold.
B. Property, plant, & equipment.
C. Patents.
D. Goodwill.
E. Bonds payable.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-34 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
30. Which statement is true concerning unrealized profits in intra-entity inventory transfers when
an investor uses the equity method?
A. The investee must defer upstream ending inventory profits.
B. The investee must defer upstream beginning inventory profits.
C. The investor must defer downstream ending inventory profits.
D. The investor must defer downstream beginning inventory profits.
E. The investor must defer upstream beginning inventory profits.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-35 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
31. Which statement is true concerning unrealized profits in intra-entity inventory transfers when
an investor uses the equity method?
A. The investor and investee make reciprocal entries to defer and realize inventory profits.
B. The same adjustments are made for upstream and downstream transfers.
C. Different adjustments are made for upstream and downstream transfers.
D. No adjustments are necessary.
E. Adjustments will be made only when profits are known upon sale to outsiders.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-36 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
32. On January 1, 2012, Dawson, Incorporated, paid $100,000 for a 30% interest in Sacco
Corporation. This investee had assets with a book value of $550,000 and liabilities of
$300,000. A patent held by Sacco having a book value of $10,000 was actually worth $40,000
with a six year remaining life. Any goodwill associated with this acquisition is considered to
have an indefinite life. During 2012, Sacco reported income of $50,000 and paid dividends of
$20,000 while in 2013 it reported income of $75,000 and dividends of $30,000. Assume
Dawson has the ability to significantly influence the operations of Sacco.
The amount allocated to goodwill at January 1, 2012, is
A. $25,000.
B. $13,000.
C. $9,000.
D. $16,000.
E. $10,000.
Beginning 2012 Asset Value = ($550,000 + $30,000) = $580,000
Beginning 2012 Liabilities = $300,000
Beginning 2012 Equity = ($580,000 - $300,000) = $280,000
Equity Purchased at Fair Value = ($280,000 × 30%) = $84,000
Price Paid - Equity Purchased = Goodwill $100,000 - $84,000 = $16,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-37 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
33. On January 1, 2012, Dawson, Incorporated, paid $100,000 for a 30% interest in Sacco
Corporation. This investee had assets with a book value of $550,000 and liabilities of
$300,000. A patent held by Sacco having a book value of $10,000 was actually worth $40,000
with a six year remaining life. Any goodwill associated with this acquisition is considered to
have an indefinite life. During 2012, Sacco reported income of $50,000 and paid dividends of
$20,000 while in 2013 it reported income of $75,000 and dividends of $30,000. Assume
Dawson has the ability to significantly influence the operations of Sacco.
The equity in income of Sacco for 2012, is
A. $9,000.
B. $13,500.
C. $15,000.
D. $7,500.
E. $50,000.
2012 Equity Income = ($50,000 × 30%) = $15,000
2012 Excess Patent Amortization = ($30,000/6 = $5,000) × 30%) = $1,500
$15,000 - $1,500 = $13,500
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-38 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
34. On January 1, 2012, Dawson, Incorporated, paid $100,000 for a 30% interest in Sacco
Corporation. This investee had assets with a book value of $550,000 and liabilities of
$300,000. A patent held by Sacco having a book value of $10,000 was actually worth $40,000
with a six year remaining life. Any goodwill associated with this acquisition is considered to
have an indefinite life. During 2012, Sacco reported income of $50,000 and paid dividends of
$20,000 while in 2013 it reported income of $75,000 and dividends of $30,000. Assume
Dawson has the ability to significantly influence the operations of Sacco.
The equity in income of Sacco for 2013, is
A. $22,500.
B. $21,000.
C. $12,000.
D. $13,500.
E. $75,000.
2013 Equity Income = ($75,000 × 30%) = $22,500
2013 Excess Patent Amortization = ($30,000/6 = $5,000) × 30%) = $1,500
$22,500 - $1,500 = $21,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-39 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
35. On January 1, 2012, Dawson, Incorporated, paid $100,000 for a 30% interest in Sacco
Corporation. This investee had assets with a book value of $550,000 and liabilities of
$300,000. A patent held by Sacco having a book value of $10,000 was actually worth $40,000
with a six year remaining life. Any goodwill associated with this acquisition is considered to
have an indefinite life. During 2012, Sacco reported income of $50,000 and paid dividends of
$20,000 while in 2013 it reported income of $75,000 and dividends of $30,000. Assume
Dawson has the ability to significantly influence the operations of Sacco.
The balance in the Investment in Sacco account at December 31, 2012, is
A. $100,000.
B. $112,000.
C. $106,000.
D. $107,500.
E. $140,000.
$100,000 + $13,500 - ($20,000 × 30%) = $107,500
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-40 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
36. On January 1, 2012, Dawson, Incorporated, paid $100,000 for a 30% interest in Sacco
Corporation. This investee had assets with a book value of $550,000 and liabilities of
$300,000. A patent held by Sacco having a book value of $10,000 was actually worth $40,000
with a six year remaining life. Any goodwill associated with this acquisition is considered to
have an indefinite life. During 2012, Sacco reported income of $50,000 and paid dividends of
$20,000 while in 2013 it reported income of $75,000 and dividends of $30,000. Assume
Dawson has the ability to significantly influence the operations of Sacco.
The balance in the Investment in Sacco account at December 31, 2013, is
A. $119,500.
B. $125,500.
C. $116,500.
D. $118,000.
E. $100,000.
$107,500 + $21,000 - ($30,000 × 30%) = $119,500
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-41 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
37. Dodge, Incorporated acquires 15% of Gates Corporation on January 1, 2013, for $105,000
when the book value of Gates was $600,000. During 2013 Gates reported net income of
$150,000 and paid dividends of $50,000. On January 1, 2014, Dodge purchased an additional
25% of Gates for $200,000. Any excess cost over book value is attributable to goodwill with an
indefinite life. The fair-value method was used during 2013 but Dodge has deemed it
necessary to change to the equity method after the second purchase. During 2014 Gates
reported net income of $200,000 and reported dividends of $75,000.
The income reported by Dodge for 2013 with regard to the Gates investment is
A. $7,500.
B. $22,500.
C. $15,000.
D. $100,000.
E. $150,000.
$7,500 = Dividends received in 2013
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-01 Describe in general the various methods of accounting for an investment in equity shares of another
company.
1-42 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
38. Dodge, Incorporated acquires 15% of Gates Corporation on January 1, 2013, for $105,000
when the book value of Gates was $600,000. During 2013 Gates reported net income of
$150,000 and paid dividends of $50,000. On January 1, 2014, Dodge purchased an additional
25% of Gates for $200,000. Any excess cost over book value is attributable to goodwill with an
indefinite life. The fair-value method was used during 2013 but Dodge has deemed it
necessary to change to the equity method after the second purchase. During 2014 Gates
reported net income of $200,000 and reported dividends of $75,000.
The income reported by Dodge for 2014 with regard to the Gates investment is
A. $80,000.
B. $30,000.
C. $50,000.
D. $15,000.
E. $75,000.
$200,000 × 40% = $80,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-03 Prepare basic equity method journal entries for an investor and describe the financial reporting for
equity method investments.
1-43 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
39. Dodge, Incorporated acquires 15% of Gates Corporation on January 1, 2013, for $105,000
when the book value of Gates was $600,000. During 2013 Gates reported net income of
$150,000 and paid dividends of $50,000. On January 1, 2014, Dodge purchased an additional
25% of Gates for $200,000. Any excess cost over book value is attributable to goodwill with an
indefinite life. The fair-value method was used during 2013 but Dodge has deemed it
necessary to change to the equity method after the second purchase. During 2014 Gates
reported net income of $200,000 and reported dividends of $75,000.
Which adjustment would be made to change from the fair-value method to the equity method?
A. A debit to additional paid-in capital for $15,000.
B. A credit to additional paid-in capital for $15,000.
C. A debit to retained earnings for $15,000.
D. A credit to retained earnings for $15,000.
E. A credit to a gain on investment.
$22,500 - $7,500 = $15,000 CR to R/E
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-03 Prepare basic equity method journal entries for an investor and describe the financial reporting for
equity method investments.
1-44 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
40. Dodge, Incorporated acquires 15% of Gates Corporation on January 1, 2013, for $105,000
when the book value of Gates was $600,000. During 2013 Gates reported net income of
$150,000 and paid dividends of $50,000. On January 1, 2014, Dodge purchased an additional
25% of Gates for $200,000. Any excess cost over book value is attributable to goodwill with an
indefinite life. The fair-value method was used during 2013 but Dodge has deemed it
necessary to change to the equity method after the second purchase. During 2014 Gates
reported net income of $200,000 and reported dividends of $75,000.
The balance in the investment account at December 31, 2014, is
A. $370,000.
B. $355,000.
C. $305,000.
D. $400,000.
E. $105,000.
$105,000 + $22,500 - $7,500 = $120,000 Balance 2013 Year End
$120,000 + $200,000 + $80,000 - $30,000 = $370,000 Balance 2014 Year End
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-03 Prepare basic equity method journal entries for an investor and describe the financial reporting for
equity method investments.
1-45 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
41. Clancy Incorporated, sold $210,000 of its inventory to Reid Company during 2013 for
$350,000. Reid sold $224,000 of this merchandise in 2013 with the remainder to be disposed
of during 2014. Assume Clancy owns 30% of Reid and applies the equity method.
What journal entry will be recorded at the end of 2013 to defer the unrealized intra-entity
profits?
A. Entry A.
B. Entry B.
C. Entry C.
D. Entry D.
E. No entry is necessary.
$350,000 - $210,000 = $140,000 × (1 - ($224,000/$350,000)) = $50,400 × 30% = $15,120
Profit deferred by reduction <CR> in the Investment in Reid Account
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-46 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
42. Clancy Incorporated, sold $210,000 of its inventory to Reid Company during 2013 for
$350,000. Reid sold $224,000 of this merchandise in 2013 with the remainder to be disposed
of during 2014. Assume Clancy owns 30% of Reid and applies the equity method.
What journal entry will be recorded in 2014 to realize the intra-entity profit that was deferred in
2013?
A. Entry A.
B. Entry B.
C. Entry C.
D. Entry D.
E. No entry is necessary.
Reversal of the previous deferral entry in 2013, thus recognizing the profit in 2014 income
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-47 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
43. On January 1, 2012, Mehan, Incorporated purchased 15,000 shares of Cook Company for
$150,000 giving Mehan a 15% ownership of Cook. On January 1, 2013 Mehan purchased an
additional 25,000 shares (25%) of Cook for $300,000. This last purchase gave Mehan the
ability to apply significant influence over Cook. The book value of Cook on January 1, 2012,
was $1,000,000. The book value of Cook on January 1, 2013, was $1,150,000. Any excess of
cost over book value for this second transaction is assigned to a database and amortized over
five years.
Cook reports net income and dividends as follows. These amounts are assumed to have
occurred evenly throughout the years:
On April 1, 2014, just after its first dividend receipt, Mehan sells 10,000 shares of its
investment.
What is the balance in the investment account at December 31, 2012?
A. $150,000.
B. $172,500.
C. $180,000.
D. $157,500.
E. $170,000.
$150,000; The Initial Investment in Cook Company
1-48 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 01-01 Describe in general the various methods of accounting for an investment in equity shares of another
company.
1-49 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
44. On January 1, 2012, Mehan, Incorporated purchased 15,000 shares of Cook Company for
$150,000 giving Mehan a 15% ownership of Cook. On January 1, 2013 Mehan purchased an
additional 25,000 shares (25%) of Cook for $300,000. This last purchase gave Mehan the
ability to apply significant influence over Cook. The book value of Cook on January 1, 2012,
was $1,000,000. The book value of Cook on January 1, 2013, was $1,150,000. Any excess of
cost over book value for this second transaction is assigned to a database and amortized over
five years.
Cook reports net income and dividends as follows. These amounts are assumed to have
occurred evenly throughout the years:
On April 1, 2014, just after its first dividend receipt, Mehan sells 10,000 shares of its
investment.
How much income did Mehan report from Cook during 2012?
A. $30,000.
B. $22,500.
C. $7,500.
D. $0.
E. $50,000.
$7,500 Dividends Received
1-50 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-01 Describe in general the various methods of accounting for an investment in equity shares of another
company.
1-51 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
45. On January 1, 2012, Mehan, Incorporated purchased 15,000 shares of Cook Company for
$150,000 giving Mehan a 15% ownership of Cook. On January 1, 2013 Mehan purchased an
additional 25,000 shares (25%) of Cook for $300,000. This last purchase gave Mehan the
ability to apply significant influence over Cook. The book value of Cook on January 1, 2012,
was $1,000,000. The book value of Cook on January 1, 2013, was $1,150,000. Any excess of
cost over book value for this second transaction is assigned to a database and amortized over
five years.
Cook reports net income and dividends as follows. These amounts are assumed to have
occurred evenly throughout the years:
On April 1, 2014, just after its first dividend receipt, Mehan sells 10,000 shares of its
investment.
How much income did Mehan report from Cook during 2013?
A. $90,000.
B. $110,000.
C. $67,500.
D. $87,500.
E. $78,750.
$225,000 × 40% = $90,000
$300,000 - $287,500 = $12,500/5 = $2,500
$90,000 - $2,500 = $87,500
1-52 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-03 Prepare basic equity method journal entries for an investor and describe the financial reporting for
equity method investments.
1-53 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
46. On January 1, 2012, Mehan, Incorporated purchased 15,000 shares of Cook Company for
$150,000 giving Mehan a 15% ownership of Cook. On January 1, 2013 Mehan purchased an
additional 25,000 shares (25%) of Cook for $300,000. This last purchase gave Mehan the
ability to apply significant influence over Cook. The book value of Cook on January 1, 2012,
was $1,000,000. The book value of Cook on January 1, 2013, was $1,150,000. Any excess of
cost over book value for this second transaction is assigned to a database and amortized over
five years.
Cook reports net income and dividends as follows. These amounts are assumed to have
occurred evenly throughout the years:
On April 1, 2014, just after its first dividend receipt, Mehan sells 10,000 shares of its
investment.
What was the balance in the investment account at December 31, 2013?
A. $517,500.
B. $537,500.
C. $520,000.
D. $540,000.
E. $211,250.
$150,000 + $30,000 - $7,500 = $172,500 Balance 2012 Year End
$172,500 + $300,000 + ($90,000 - $2,500) - $20,000 = $540,000 Balance 2013 Year End
1-54 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-03 Prepare basic equity method journal entries for an investor and describe the financial reporting for
equity method investments.
1-55 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
47. On January 1, 2012, Mehan, Incorporated purchased 15,000 shares of Cook Company for
$150,000 giving Mehan a 15% ownership of Cook. On January 1, 2013 Mehan purchased an
additional 25,000 shares (25%) of Cook for $300,000. This last purchase gave Mehan the
ability to apply significant influence over Cook. The book value of Cook on January 1, 2012,
was $1,000,000. The book value of Cook on January 1, 2013, was $1,150,000. Any excess of
cost over book value for this second transaction is assigned to a database and amortized over
five years.
Cook reports net income and dividends as follows. These amounts are assumed to have
occurred evenly throughout the years:
On April 1, 2014, just after its first dividend receipt, Mehan sells 10,000 shares of its
investment.
What was the balance in the investment account at April 1, 2014 just before the sale of
shares?
A. $468,281.
B. $468,750.
C. $558,375.
D. $616,000.
E. $624,375.
$540,000 + ($25,000 - $625) - $6,000 = $558,375
2014 Begin Investment Acct Balance + (40% of 1st Qtr Income - 1st Qtr Amort) - 1st Qtr Div
1-56 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-05d Understand the financial reporting consequences for sales of equity method investments.
1-57 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
48. On January 1, 2012, Mehan, Incorporated purchased 15,000 shares of Cook Company for
$150,000 giving Mehan a 15% ownership of Cook. On January 1, 2013 Mehan purchased an
additional 25,000 shares (25%) of Cook for $300,000. This last purchase gave Mehan the
ability to apply significant influence over Cook. The book value of Cook on January 1, 2012,
was $1,000,000. The book value of Cook on January 1, 2013, was $1,150,000. Any excess of
cost over book value for this second transaction is assigned to a database and amortized over
five years.
Cook reports net income and dividends as follows. These amounts are assumed to have
occurred evenly throughout the years:
On April 1, 2014, just after its first dividend receipt, Mehan sells 10,000 shares of its
investment.
How much of Cook's net income did Mehan report for the year 2014?
A. $61,750.
B. $81,250.
C. $72,500.
D. $59,250.
E. $75,000.
(First Qtr Income × 40%) + (2nd thru 4th Qtr Income × 30%)
$25,000 + $56,250 = $81,250
1-58 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-05a Understand the financial reporting consequences for a change to the equity method.
49. On January 4, 2012, Harley, Inc. acquired 40% of the outstanding common stock of Bike Co.
for $2,400,000. This investment gave Harley the ability to exercise significant influence over
Bike. Bike's assets on that date were recorded at $10,500,000 with liabilities of $4,500,000.
There were no other differences between book and fair values.
During 2012, Bike reported net income of $500,000. For 2013, Bike reported net income of
$800,000. Dividends of $300,000 were paid in each of these two years.
How much income did Harley report from Bike for 2012?
A. $120,000.
B. $200,000.
C. $300,000.
D. $320,000.
E. $500,000.
$500,000 × 40% = $200,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-02 Identify the sole criterion for applying the equity method of accounting and guidance in assessing
whether the criterion is met.
1-59 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
50. On January 4, 2012, Harley, Inc. acquired 40% of the outstanding common stock of Bike Co.
for $2,400,000. This investment gave Harley the ability to exercise significant influence over
Bike. Bike's assets on that date were recorded at $10,500,000 with liabilities of $4,500,000.
There were no other differences between book and fair values.
During 2012, Bike reported net income of $500,000. For 2013, Bike reported net income of
$800,000. Dividends of $300,000 were paid in each of these two years.
How much income did Harley report from Bike for 2013?
A. $120,000.
B. $200,000.
C. $300,000.
D. $320,000.
E. $500,000.
$800,000 × 40% = $320,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-02 Identify the sole criterion for applying the equity method of accounting and guidance in assessing
whether the criterion is met.
1-60 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
51. On January 4, 2012, Harley, Inc. acquired 40% of the outstanding common stock of Bike Co.
for $2,400,000. This investment gave Harley the ability to exercise significant influence over
Bike. Bike's assets on that date were recorded at $10,500,000 with liabilities of $4,500,000.
There were no other differences between book and fair values.
During 2012, Bike reported net income of $500,000. For 2013, Bike reported net income of
$800,000. Dividends of $300,000 were paid in each of these two years.
What was the reported balance of Harley's Investment in Bike Co. at December 31, 2012?
A. $880,000.
B. $2,400,000.
C. $2,480,000.
D. $2,600,000.
E. $2,900,000.
$2,400,000 + $200,000 - $120,000 = $2,480,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-02 Identify the sole criterion for applying the equity method of accounting and guidance in assessing
whether the criterion is met.
1-61 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
52. On January 4, 2012, Harley, Inc. acquired 40% of the outstanding common stock of Bike Co.
for $2,400,000. This investment gave Harley the ability to exercise significant influence over
Bike. Bike's assets on that date were recorded at $10,500,000 with liabilities of $4,500,000.
There were no other differences between book and fair values.
During 2012, Bike reported net income of $500,000. For 2013, Bike reported net income of
$800,000. Dividends of $300,000 were paid in each of these two years.
What was the reported balance of Harley's Investment in Bike Co. at December 31, 2013?
A. $2,400,000.
B. $2,480,000.
C. $2,500,000.
D. $2,600,000.
E. $2,680,000.
$2,480,000 + $320,000 - $120,000 = $2,680,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-02 Identify the sole criterion for applying the equity method of accounting and guidance in assessing
whether the criterion is met.
1-62 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
53. On January 1, 2013, Anderson Company purchased 40% of the voting common stock of
Barney Company for $2,000,000, which approximated book value. During 2013, Barney paid
dividends of $30,000 and reported a net loss of $70,000.
What is the balance in the investment account on December 31, 2013?
A. $1,900,000.
B. $1,960,000.
C. $2,000,000.
D. $2,016,000.
E. $2,028,000.
$2,000,000 - $28,000 - $12,000 = $1,960,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-02 Identify the sole criterion for applying the equity method of accounting and guidance in assessing
whether the criterion is met.
1-63 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
54. On January 1, 2013, Anderson Company purchased 40% of the voting common stock of
Barney Company for $2,000,000, which approximated book value. During 2013, Barney paid
dividends of $30,000 and reported a net loss of $70,000.
What amount of equity income would Anderson recognize in 2013 from its ownership interest
in Barney?
A. $12,000 income.
B. $12,000 loss.
C. $16,000 loss.
D. $28,000 income.
E. $28,000 loss.
$70,000 Loss × 40% = $28,000 Loss
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-02 Identify the sole criterion for applying the equity method of accounting and guidance in assessing
whether the criterion is met.
1-64 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
55. Luffman Inc. owns 30% of Bruce Inc. and appropriately applies the equity method. During the
current year, Bruce bought inventory costing $52,000 and then sold it to Luffman for $80,000.
At year-end, all of the merchandise had been sold by Luffman to other customers. What
amount of unrealized intercompany profit must be deferred by Luffman?
A. $0.
B. $8,400.
C. $28,000.
D. $52,000.
E. $80,000.
$80,000 - $52,000 = $28,000 Income Recognized; None Deferred
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-65 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
56. On January 3, 2013, Roberts Company purchased 30% of the 100,000 shares of common
stock of Thomas Corporation, paying $1,500,000. There was no goodwill or other cost
allocation associated with the investment. Roberts has significant influence over Thomas.
During 2013, Thomas reported income of $300,000 and paid dividends of $100,000. On
January 4, 2014, Roberts sold 15,000 shares for $800,000.
What was the balance in the investment account before the shares were sold?
A. $1,560,000.
B. $1,600,000.
C. $1,700,000.
D. $1,800,000.
E. $1,860,000.
$1,500,000 + $90,000 - $30,000 = $1,560,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-05d Understand the financial reporting consequences for sales of equity method investments.
1-66 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
57. On January 3, 2013, Roberts Company purchased 30% of the 100,000 shares of common
stock of Thomas Corporation, paying $1,500,000. There was no goodwill or other cost
allocation associated with the investment. Roberts has significant influence over Thomas.
During 2013, Thomas reported income of $300,000 and paid dividends of $100,000. On
January 4, 2014, Roberts sold 15,000 shares for $800,000.
What is the gain/loss on the sale of the 15,000 shares?
A. $0
B. $10,000 gain.
C. $12,000 loss.
D. $15,000 loss.
E. $20,000 gain.
$1,560,000 × (15,000/30,000) = $780,000 Cost of Shares Sold
$800,000 Sales Price - $780,000 Cost of Shares Sold = $20,000 Gain on Sale of Shares
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-05d Understand the financial reporting consequences for sales of equity method investments.
1-67 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
58. On January 3, 2013, Roberts Company purchased 30% of the 100,000 shares of common
stock of Thomas Corporation, paying $1,500,000. There was no goodwill or other cost
allocation associated with the investment. Roberts has significant influence over Thomas.
During 2013, Thomas reported income of $300,000 and paid dividends of $100,000. On
January 4, 2014, Roberts sold 15,000 shares for $800,000.
What is the balance in the investment account after the sale of the 15,000 shares?
A. $750,000.
B. $760,000.
C. $780,000.
D. $790,000.
E. $800,000.
$1,560,000 × (15,000/30,000) = $780,000 Cost of shares Sold
$1,560,000 - $780,000 Cost of Shares Sold = $780,000 Balance in the Investment Account
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-05d Understand the financial reporting consequences for sales of equity method investments.
1-68 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
59. On January 3, 2013, Roberts Company purchased 30% of the 100,000 shares of common
stock of Thomas Corporation, paying $1,500,000. There was no goodwill or other cost
allocation associated with the investment. Roberts has significant influence over Thomas.
During 2013, Thomas reported income of $300,000 and paid dividends of $100,000. On
January 4, 2014, Roberts sold 15,000 shares for $800,000.
What is the appropriate journal entry to record the sale of the 15,000 shares?
A. A Above.
B. B Above.
C. C Above.
D. D Above.
E. E Above.
$20,000 Gain is Only shown in Option B
1-69 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-05d Understand the financial reporting consequences for sales of equity method investments.
60. On January 4, 2013, Mason Co. purchased 40,000 shares (40%) of the common stock of
Hefly Corp., paying $560,000. At that time, the book value and fair value of Hefly's net assets
was $1,400,000. The investment gave Mason the ability to exercise significant influence over
the operations of Hefly. During 2013, Hefly reported income of $150,000 and paid dividends of
$40,000. On January 2, 2014, Mason sold 10,000 shares for $150,000.
What was the balance in the investment account before the shares were sold?
A. $520,000.
B. $544,000.
C. $560,000.
D. $604,000.
E. $620,000.
$560,000 + ($150,000 × 40%) - ($40,000 × 40%) = $604,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-05d Understand the financial reporting consequences for sales of equity method investments.
1-70 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
61. On January 4, 2013, Mason Co. purchased 40,000 shares (40%) of the common stock of
Hefly Corp., paying $560,000. At that time, the book value and fair value of Hefly's net assets
was $1,400,000. The investment gave Mason the ability to exercise significant influence over
the operations of Hefly. During 2013, Hefly reported income of $150,000 and paid dividends of
$40,000. On January 2, 2014, Mason sold 10,000 shares for $150,000.
What is the gain/loss on the sale of the 10,000 shares?
A. $20,000 gain.
B. $10,000 gain.
C. $1,000 gain.
D. $1,000 loss.
E. $10,000 loss.
$604,000 × (10,000/40,000) = $151,000 Cost of Shares Sold
$150,000 Sales Price - $151,000 Cost of Shares Sold = $1,000 Loss on Sale of Shares
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-05d Understand the financial reporting consequences for sales of equity method investments.
1-71 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
62. On January 4, 2013, Mason Co. purchased 40,000 shares (40%) of the common stock of
Hefly Corp., paying $560,000. At that time, the book value and fair value of Hefly's net assets
was $1,400,000. The investment gave Mason the ability to exercise significant influence over
the operations of Hefly. During 2013, Hefly reported income of $150,000 and paid dividends of
$40,000. On January 2, 2014, Mason sold 10,000 shares for $150,000.
What is the balance in the investment account after the sale of the 10,000 shares?
A. $390,000.
B. $420,000.
C. $453,000.
D. $454,000.
E. $465,000.
$604,000 - $151,000 = $453,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-05d Understand the financial reporting consequences for sales of equity method investments.
1-72 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
63. On January 4, 2013, Mason Co. purchased 40,000 shares (40%) of the common stock of
Hefly Corp., paying $560,000. At that time, the book value and fair value of Hefly's net assets
was $1,400,000. The investment gave Mason the ability to exercise significant influence over
the operations of Hefly. During 2013, Hefly reported income of $150,000 and paid dividends of
$40,000. On January 2, 2014, Mason sold 10,000 shares for $150,000.
What is the appropriate journal entry to record the sale of the 10,000 shares?
A. A Above
B. B Above
C. C Above
D. D Above
E. E Above
$1,000 Loss only shown in Option C
1-73 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-05d Understand the financial reporting consequences for sales of equity method investments.
1-74 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
64. On January 4, 2013, Bailey Corp. purchased 40% of the voting common stock of Emery Co.,
paying $3,000,000. Bailey properly accounts for this investment using the equity method. At
the time of the investment, Emery's total stockholders' equity was $5,000,000. Bailey gathered
the following information about Emery's assets and liabilities whose book values and fair
values differed:
Any excess of cost over fair value was attributed to goodwill, which has not been impaired.
Emery Co. reported net income of $400,000 for 2013, and paid dividends of $200,000 during
that year.
What is the amount of the excess of purchase price over book value?
A. $(2,000,000).
B. $800,000.
C. $1,000,000.
D. $2,000,000.
E. $3,000,000.
$5,000,000 × 40% = $2,000,000 BV for 40% of the Shares
$3,000,000 Price Paid - $2,000,000 BV = $1,000,000 Excess
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-75 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
65. On January 4, 2013, Bailey Corp. purchased 40% of the voting common stock of Emery Co.,
paying $3,000,000. Bailey properly accounts for this investment using the equity method. At
the time of the investment, Emery's total stockholders' equity was $5,000,000. Bailey gathered
the following information about Emery's assets and liabilities whose book values and fair
values differed:
Any excess of cost over fair value was attributed to goodwill, which has not been impaired.
Emery Co. reported net income of $400,000 for 2013, and paid dividends of $200,000 during
that year.
How much goodwill is associated with this investment?
A. $(500,000).
B. $0.
C. $100,000.
D. $200,000.
E. $2,000,000.
$800,000 Blgs + $500,000 Equipt + $700,000 Franchises = $2,000,000 FV > BV of Assets
$2,000,000 × 40% = $800,000 FV Identified to Purchaser
$1,000,000 Price Paid - $800,000 FV > BV = $200,000 Excess Unidentified (Goodwill)
1-76 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-77 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
66. On January 4, 2013, Bailey Corp. purchased 40% of the voting common stock of Emery Co.,
paying $3,000,000. Bailey properly accounts for this investment using the equity method. At
the time of the investment, Emery's total stockholders' equity was $5,000,000. Bailey gathered
the following information about Emery's assets and liabilities whose book values and fair
values differed:
Any excess of cost over fair value was attributed to goodwill, which has not been impaired.
Emery Co. reported net income of $400,000 for 2013, and paid dividends of $200,000 during
that year.
What is the amount of excess amortization expense for Bailey's investment in Emery for the
first year?
A. $0.
B. $84,000.
C. $100,000.
D. $160,000.
E. $400,000.
$800,000/20 = $40,000 per year Blgs × 40% = $16,000
$500,000/5 = $100,000 per year Equipt × 40% = $40,000
$700,000/10 = $70,000 per year Franchises × 40% = $28,000
$16,000 + $40,000 + $28,000 = $84,000 Annual Excess Amortization
1-78 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-79 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
67. On January 1, 2013, Jackie Corp. purchased 30% of the voting common stock of Rob Co.,
paying $2,000,000. Jackie properly accounts for this investment using the equity method. At
the time of the investment, Rob's total stockholders' equity was $3,000,000. Jackie gathered
the following information about Rob's assets and liabilities whose book values and fair values
differed:
Any excess of cost over fair value was attributed to goodwill, which has not been impaired.
Rob Co. reported net income of $300,000 for 2013, and paid dividends of $100,000 during that
year.
What is the amount of the excess of purchase price over book value?
A. $(1,000,000.)
B. $400,000.
C. $800,000.
D. $1,000,000.
E. $1,100,000.
$2,000,000 - ($3,000,000 × 30%) = $1,100,000 Price Paid > BV
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-80 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
68. On January 1, 2013, Jackie Corp. purchased 30% of the voting common stock of Rob Co.,
paying $2,000,000. Jackie properly accounts for this investment using the equity method. At
the time of the investment, Rob's total stockholders' equity was $3,000,000. Jackie gathered
the following information about Rob's assets and liabilities whose book values and fair values
differed:
Any excess of cost over fair value was attributed to goodwill, which has not been impaired.
Rob Co. reported net income of $300,000 for 2013, and paid dividends of $100,000 during that
year.
How much goodwill is associated with this investment?
A. $(500,000.)
B. $0.
C. $650,000.
D. $1,000,000.
E. $2,000,000.
$500,000 Blgs + $500,000 Equipt + $500,000 Franchises = ($1,500,000 FV > BV) × 30% =
$450,000
($1,100,000 Total > BV) - ($450,000 Identified) = $650,000 Unidentified (Goodwill)
1-81 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-82 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
69. On January 1, 2013, Jackie Corp. purchased 30% of the voting common stock of Rob Co.,
paying $2,000,000. Jackie properly accounts for this investment using the equity method. At
the time of the investment, Rob's total stockholders' equity was $3,000,000. Jackie gathered
the following information about Rob's assets and liabilities whose book values and fair values
differed:
Any excess of cost over fair value was attributed to goodwill, which has not been impaired.
Rob Co. reported net income of $300,000 for 2013, and paid dividends of $100,000 during that
year.
What is the amount of excess amortization expense for Jackie Corp's investment in Rob Co.
for year 2013?
A. $0.
B. $30,000.
C. $40,000.
D. $55,000.
E. $60,000.
$500,000/15 = $33,333 per year Blgs × 30% = $10,000
$500,000/5 = $100,000 per year Equipt × 30% = $30,000
$500,000/10 = $50,000 per year Franchises × 30% = $15,000
$10,000 + $30,000 + $15,000 = $55,000 Annual Excess Amortization
1-83 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-84 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
70. On January 1, 2013, Jackie Corp. purchased 30% of the voting common stock of Rob Co.,
paying $2,000,000. Jackie properly accounts for this investment using the equity method. At
the time of the investment, Rob's total stockholders' equity was $3,000,000. Jackie gathered
the following information about Rob's assets and liabilities whose book values and fair values
differed:
Any excess of cost over fair value was attributed to goodwill, which has not been impaired.
Rob Co. reported net income of $300,000 for 2013, and paid dividends of $100,000 during that
year.
What is the balance in Jackie Corp's Investment in Rob Co. account at December 31, 2013?
A. $2,000,000.
B. $2,005,000.
C. $2,060,000.
D. $2,090,000.
E. $2,200,000.
$2,000,000 + ($300,000 × 30%) - ($100,000 × 30%) - $55,000 = $2,005,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-04 Allocate the cost of an equity method investment and compute amortization expense to match
revenues recognized from the investment to the excess of investor cost over investee book value.
1-85 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
71. Acker Inc. bought 40% of Howell Co. on January 1, 2012 for $576,000. The equity method of
accounting was used. The book value and fair value of the net assets of Howell on that date
were $1,440,000. Acker began supplying inventory to Howell as follows:
Howell reported net income of $100,000 in 2012 and $120,000 in 2013 while paying $40,000
in dividends each year.
What is the amount of unrealized intra-entity inventory profit to be deferred on December 31,
2012?
A. $1,600.
B. $4,000.
C. $8,000.
D. $15,000.
E. $20,000.
$75,000 - $55,000 = $20,000 × ($15,000/$75,000) = $4,000 × 40% = $1,600 Deferred Profit
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-86 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
72. Acker Inc. bought 40% of Howell Co. on January 1, 2012 for $576,000. The equity method of
accounting was used. The book value and fair value of the net assets of Howell on that date
were $1,440,000. Acker began supplying inventory to Howell as follows:
Howell reported net income of $100,000 in 2012 and $120,000 in 2013 while paying $40,000
in dividends each year.
What is the amount of unrealized intra-entity inventory profit to be deferred on December 31,
2013?
A. $1,600.
B. $8,000.
C. $15,000.
D. $20,000.
E. $40,000.
$110,000 - $70,000 = $40,000 × ($55,000/$110,000) = $20,000 × 40% = $8,000 Deferred
Profit
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-87 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
73. Acker Inc. bought 40% of Howell Co. on January 1, 2012 for $576,000. The equity method of
accounting was used. The book value and fair value of the net assets of Howell on that date
were $1,440,000. Acker began supplying inventory to Howell as follows:
Howell reported net income of $100,000 in 2012 and $120,000 in 2013 while paying $40,000
in dividends each year.
What is the Equity in Howell Income that should be reported by Acker in 2012?
A. $10,000.
B. $24,000.
C. $36,000.
D. $38,400.
E. $40,000.
$100,000 × 40% = $40,000 - ($1,600 Deferred Inventory Profit) = $38,400
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-88 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
74. Acker Inc. bought 40% of Howell Co. on January 1, 2012 for $576,000. The equity method of
accounting was used. The book value and fair value of the net assets of Howell on that date
were $1,440,000. Acker began supplying inventory to Howell as follows:
Howell reported net income of $100,000 in 2012 and $120,000 in 2013 while paying $40,000
in dividends each year.
What is the balance in Acker's Investment in Howell account at December 31, 2012?
A. $576,000.
B. $598,400.
C. $614,400.
D. $606,000.
E. $616,000.
$576,000 + ($100,000 × 40%) - ($40,000 × 40%) - ($1,600 Deferred Profit) = $598,400
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-89 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
75. Acker Inc. bought 40% of Howell Co. on January 1, 2012 for $576,000. The equity method of
accounting was used. The book value and fair value of the net assets of Howell on that date
were $1,440,000. Acker began supplying inventory to Howell as follows:
Howell reported net income of $100,000 in 2012 and $120,000 in 2013 while paying $40,000
in dividends each year.
What is the Equity in Howell Income that should be reported by Acker in 2013?
A. $32,000.
B. $41,600.
C. $48,000.
D. $49,600.
E. $50,600.
$120,000 × 40% = $48,000 + ($1,600 in 2012 Recognized Inventory Profit) - ($8,000 in 2013
Deferred Inventory Profit) = $41,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-90 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
76. Acker Inc. bought 40% of Howell Co. on January 1, 2012 for $576,000. The equity method of
accounting was used. The book value and fair value of the net assets of Howell on that date
were $1,440,000. Acker began supplying inventory to Howell as follows:
Howell reported net income of $100,000 in 2012 and $120,000 in 2013 while paying $40,000
in dividends each year.
What is the balance in Acker's Investment in Howell account at December 31, 2013?
A. $624,000.
B. $636,000.
C. $646,000.
D. $656,000.
E. $666,000.
($598,400 Balance 2012) + ($41,600 Income from 2013) - ($16,000 Dividend from 2013) =
$624,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-91 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
77. Cayman Inc. bought 30% of Maya Company on January 1, 2013 for $450,000. The equity
method of accounting was used. The book value and fair value of the net assets of Maya on
that date were $1,500,000. Maya began supplying inventory to Cayman as follows:
Maya reported net income of $100,000 in 2013 and $120,000 in 2014 while paying $40,000 in
dividends each year.
What is the amount of unrealized intra-entity inventory profit to be deferred on December 31,
2013?
A. $900.
B. $3,000.
C. $4,500.
D. $6,000.
E. $9,000.
$45,000 - $30,000 = $15,000 × ($9,000/$45,000) = $3,000 × 30% = $900 Deferred Profit
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-92 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
78. Cayman Inc. bought 30% of Maya Company on January 1, 2013 for $450,000. The equity
method of accounting was used. The book value and fair value of the net assets of Maya on
that date were $1,500,000. Maya began supplying inventory to Cayman as follows:
Maya reported net income of $100,000 in 2013 and $120,000 in 2014 while paying $40,000 in
dividends each year.
What is the amount of unrealized inventory profit to be deferred on December 31, 2014?
A. $1,500.
B. $2,400.
C. $3,600.
D. $4,000.
E. $8,000.
$80,000 - $48,000 = $32,000 × ($20,000/$80,000) = $8,000 × 30% = $2,400 Deferred Profit
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-93 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
79. Cayman Inc. bought 30% of Maya Company on January 1, 2013 for $450,000. The equity
method of accounting was used. The book value and fair value of the net assets of Maya on
that date were $1,500,000. Maya began supplying inventory to Cayman as follows:
Maya reported net income of $100,000 in 2013 and $120,000 in 2014 while paying $40,000 in
dividends each year.
What is the Equity in Maya Income that should be reported by Cayman in 2013?
A. $17,100.
B. $18,000.
C. $25,500.
D. $29,100.
E. $30,900.
$100,000 × 30% = $30,000 - $900 Deferred Profit = $29,100
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-94 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
80. Cayman Inc. bought 30% of Maya Company on January 1, 2013 for $450,000. The equity
method of accounting was used. The book value and fair value of the net assets of Maya on
that date were $1,500,000. Maya began supplying inventory to Cayman as follows:
Maya reported net income of $100,000 in 2013 and $120,000 in 2014 while paying $40,000 in
dividends each year.
What is the balance in Cayman's Investment in Maya account at December 31, 2013?
A. $463,500.
B. $467,100.
C. $468,000.
D. $468,900.
E. $480,000.
$450,000 + ($100,000 × 30% = $30,000 - $900 Deferred) - ($40,000 Dividends × 30%) =
$467,100
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-95 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
81. Cayman Inc. bought 30% of Maya Company on January 1, 2013 for $450,000. The equity
method of accounting was used. The book value and fair value of the net assets of Maya on
that date were $1,500,000. Maya began supplying inventory to Cayman as follows:
Maya reported net income of $100,000 in 2013 and $120,000 in 2014 while paying $40,000 in
dividends each year.
What is the Equity in Maya Income that should be reported by Cayman in 2014?
A. $34,200.
B. $34,800.
C. $34,500.
D. $36,000.
E. $37,800.
$120,000 × 30% = $36,000 + ($900 from 2013) - ($2,400 from 2014 Deferral) = $34,500
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-96 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
82. Cayman Inc. bought 30% of Maya Company on January 1, 2013 for $450,000. The equity
method of accounting was used. The book value and fair value of the net assets of Maya on
that date were $1,500,000. Maya began supplying inventory to Cayman as follows:
Maya reported net income of $100,000 in 2013 and $120,000 in 2014 while paying $40,000 in
dividends each year.
What is the balance in Cayman's Investment in Maya account at December 31, 2014?
A. $488,700.
B. $489,600.
C. $492,000.
D. $494,400.
E. $514,500.
$467,100 + $34,500 - $12,000 = $489,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-97 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
83. Which of the following results in a decrease in the investment account when applying the
equity method?
A. Dividends paid by the investor.
B. Net income of the investee.
C. Net income of the investor.
D. Unrealized gain on intra-entity inventory transfers for the current year.
E. Purchase of additional common stock by the investor during the current year.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Analyze
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-98 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
84. Which of the following results in an increase in the investment account when applying the
equity method?
A. Unrealized gain on intra-entity inventory transfers for the prior year.
B. Unrealized gain on intra-entity inventory transfers for the current year.
C. Dividends paid by the investor.
D. Dividends paid by the investee.
E. Sale of a portion of the investment during the current year.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Analyze
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-99 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
85. Which of the following results in a decrease in the Equity in Investee Income account when
applying the equity method?
A. Dividends paid by the investor.
B. Net income of the investee.
C. Unrealized gain on intra-entity inventory transfers for the current year.
D. Unrealized gain on intra-entity inventory transfers for the prior year.
E. Extraordinary gain of the investee.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Analyze
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-100 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
86. Which of the following results in an increase in the Equity in Investee Income account when
applying the equity method?
A. Amortizations of purchase price over book value on date of purchase.
B. Amortizations, since date of purchase, of purchase price over book value on date of
purchase.
C. Extraordinary gain of the investor.
D. Unrealized gain on intra-entity inventory transfers for the prior year.
E. Sale of a portion of the investment at a loss.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Analyze
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-06 Describe the rationale and computations to defer unrealized gains on intra-entity inventory transfers
until the goods are either consumed or sold to outside parties.
1-101 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
87. Renfroe, Inc. acquires 10% of Stanley Corporation on January 1, 2012, for $90,000 when the
book value of Stanley was $1,000,000. During 2012, Stanley reported net income of $215,000
and paid dividends of $50,000. On January 1, 2013, Renfroe purchased an additional 30% of
Stanley for $325,000. Any excess of cost over book value is attributable to goodwill with an
indefinite life. During 2013, Renfroe reported net income of $320,000 and paid dividends of
$50,000.
How much is the adjustment to the Investment in Stanley Corporation for the change from the
fair-value method to the equity method on January 1, 2013?
A. A debit of $16,500.
B. A debit of $21,500.
C. A debit of $90,000.
D. A debit of $165,000.
E. There is no adjustment.
($215,000 × 10%) - ($50,000 × 10%) = $16,500 Debit to the Investment Account
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 01-03 Prepare basic equity method journal entries for an investor and describe the financial reporting for
equity method investments.
1-102 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
88. Renfroe, Inc. acquires 10% of Stanley Corporation on January 1, 2012, for $90,000 when the
book value of Stanley was $1,000,000. During 2012, Stanley reported net income of $215,000
and paid dividends of $50,000. On January 1, 2013, Renfroe purchased an additional 30% of
Stanley for $325,000. Any excess of cost over book value is attributable to goodwill with an
indefinite life. During 2013, Renfroe reported net income of $320,000 and paid dividends of
$50,000.
What is the balance in the Investment in Stanley Corporation on December 31, 2013?
A. $415,000.
B. $512,500.
C. $523,000.
D. $539,500.
E. $544,500.
$90,000 + $325,000 + $16,500 = $431,500 Adjusted Balance on Switch to Equity Method
$431,500 Adjusted Balance + ($320,000 Income × 40%) - ($50,000 Dividends × 40%) =
$539,500
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-03 Prepare basic equity method journal entries for an investor and describe the financial reporting for
equity method investments.
1-103 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
89. On January 4, 2012, Trycker, Inc. acquired 40% of the outstanding common stock of Inkblot
Co. for $2,400,000. This investment gave Trycker the ability to exercise significant influence
over Inkblot. Inkblot's assets on that date were recorded at $8,000,000 with liabilities of
$2,000,000. There were no other differences between book and fair values.
During 2012, Inkblot reported net income of $500,000 and paid dividends of $300,000. The fair
value of Inkblot at December 31, 2012 is $7,000,000. Trycker elects the fair value option for its
investment in Inkblot.
How are dividends received from Inkblot reflected in Trycker's accounting records for 2012?
A. Reduce investment in Inkblot by $280,000.
B. Increase Investment in Inkblot by $280,000.
C. Reduce Investment in Inkblot by $120,000.
D. Increase Investment in Inkblot by $120,000.
E. Increase Dividend Income by $120,000.
$300,000 × 40% = $120,000 Credit to the Dividend Income Account
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-07 Explain the rationale and reporting implications of fair-value accounting for investments otherwise
accounted for by the equity method.
1-104 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
90. On January 4, 2012, Trycker, Inc. acquired 40% of the outstanding common stock of Inkblot
Co. for $2,400,000. This investment gave Trycker the ability to exercise significant influence
over Inkblot. Inkblot's assets on that date were recorded at $8,000,000 with liabilities of
$2,000,000. There were no other differences between book and fair values.
During 2012, Inkblot reported net income of $500,000 and paid dividends of $300,000. The fair
value of Inkblot at December 31, 2012 is $7,000,000. Trycker elects the fair value option for its
investment in Inkblot.
At what amount will Inkblot be reflected in Trycker's December 31, 2012 balance sheet?
A. $2,400,000.
B. $2,280,000.
C. $2,480,000.
D. $2,800,000.
E. $7,000,000.
$7,000,000 FV × 40% = $2,800,000 at December 31, 2012
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 01-07 Explain the rationale and reporting implications of fair-value accounting for investments otherwise
accounted for by the equity method.
1-105 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
Chapter 02 Consolidation of Financial Information Answer Key
Multiple Choice Questions
1. At the date of an acquisition which is not a bargain purchase, the acquisition method
A. consolidates the subsidiary's assets at fair value and the liabilities at book value.
B. consolidates all subsidiary assets and liabilities at book value.
C. consolidates all subsidiary assets and liabilities at fair value.
D. consolidates current assets and liabilities at book value, long-term assets and liabilities at
fair value.
E. consolidates the subsidiary's assets at book value and the liabilities at fair value.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
1-106 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
2. In an acquisition where control is achieved, how would the land accounts of the parent and the
land accounts of the subsidiary be combined?
A. Option A
B. Option B
C. Option C
D. Option D
E. Option E
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
1-107 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Lisa Co. paid cash for all of the voting common stock of Victoria Corp. Victoria will continue to
exist as a separate corporation. Entries for the consolidation of Lisa and Victoria would be
recorded in
A. a worksheet.
B. Lisa's general journal.
C. Victoria's general journal.
D. Victoria's secret consolidation journal.
E. the general journals of both companies.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-108 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
4. Using the acquisition method for a business combination, goodwill is generally defined as:
A. Cost of the investment less the subsidiary's book value at the beginning of the year.
B. Cost of the investment less the subsidiary's book value at the acquisition date.
C. Cost of the investment less the subsidiary's fair value at the beginning of the year.
D. Cost of the investment less the subsidiary's fair value at acquisition date.
E. is no longer allowed under federal law.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
1-109 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
5. Direct combination costs and stock issuance costs are often incurred in the process of making
a controlling investment in another company. How should those costs be accounted for in a
pre-2009 purchase transaction?
A. Option A
B. Option B
C. Option C
D. Option D
E. Option E
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-09 Appendix: Identify the general characteristics of the legacy purchase and pooling of interest methods
of accounting for past business combinations. Understand the effects that persist today in financial statements from the use of
these legacy methods.
1-110 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
6. How are direct and indirect costs accounted for when applying the acquisition method for a
business combination?
A. Option A
B. Option B
C. Option C
D. Option D
E. Option E
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
1-111 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
7. What is the primary accounting difference between accounting for when the subsidiary is
dissolved and when the subsidiary retains its incorporation?
A. If the subsidiary is dissolved, it will not be operated as a separate division.
B. If the subsidiary is dissolved, assets and liabilities are consolidated at their book values.
C. If the subsidiary retains its incorporation, there will be no goodwill associated with the
acquisition.
D. If the subsidiary retains its incorporation, assets and liabilities are consolidated at their
book values.
E. If the subsidiary retains its incorporation, the consolidation is not formally recorded in the
accounting records of the acquiring company.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-112 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
8. According to GAAP, the pooling of interest method for business combinations
A. Is preferred to the purchase method.
B. Is allowed for all new acquisitions.
C. Is no longer allowed for business combinations after June 30, 2001.
D. Is no longer allowed for business combinations after December 31, 2001.
E. Is only allowed for large corporate mergers like Exxon and Mobil.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-09 Appendix: Identify the general characteristics of the legacy purchase and pooling of interest methods
of accounting for past business combinations. Understand the effects that persist today in financial statements from the use of
these legacy methods.
1-113 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
9. An example of a difference in types of business combination is:
A. A statutory merger can only be effected by an asset acquisition while a statutory
consolidation can only be effected by a capital stock acquisition.
B. A statutory merger can only be effected by a capital stock acquisition while a statutory
consolidation can only be effected by an asset acquisition.
C. A statutory merger requires dissolution of the acquired company while a statutory
consolidation does not require dissolution.
D. A statutory consolidation requires dissolution of the acquired company while a statutory
merger does not require dissolution.
E. Both a statutory merger and a statutory consolidation can only be effected by an asset
acquisition but only a statutory consolidation requires dissolution of the acquired company.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 02-03 Define the term business combination and differentiate across various forms of business
combinations.
1-114 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
10. Acquired in-process research and development is considered as
A. a definite-lived asset subject to amortization.
B. a definite-lived asset subject to testing for impairment.
C. an indefinite-lived asset subject to amortization.
D. an indefinite-lived asset subject to testing for impairment.
E. a research and development expense at the date of acquisition.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-08 Describe the two criteria for recognizing intangible assets apart from goodwill in a business
combination.
1-115 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
11. Which one of the following is a characteristic of a business combination accounted for as an
acquisition?
A. The combination must involve the exchange of equity securities only.
B. The transaction establishes an acquisition fair value basis for the company being acquired.
C. The two companies may be about the same size, and it is difficult to determine the
acquired company and the acquiring company.
D. The transaction may be considered to be the uniting of the ownership interests of the
companies involved.
E. The acquired subsidiary must be smaller in size than the acquiring parent.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
1-116 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
12. Which one of the following is a characteristic of a business combination that is accounted for
as an acquisition?
A. Fair value only for items received by the acquirer can enter into the determination of the
acquirer's accounting valuation of the acquired company.
B. Fair value only for the consideration transferred by the acquirer can enter into the
determination of the acquirer's accounting valuation of the acquired company.
C. Fair value for the consideration transferred by the acquirer as well as the fair value of items
received by the acquirer can enter into the determination of the acquirer's accounting
valuation of the acquired company.
D. Fair value for only consideration transferred and identifiable assets received by the
acquirer can enter into the determination of the acquirer's accounting valuation of the
acquired company.
E. Only fair value of identifiable assets received enters into the determination of the acquirer's
accounting valuation of the acquired company.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
1-117 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
13. A statutory merger is a(n)
A. business combination in which only one of the two companies continues to exist as a legal
corporation.
B. business combination in which both companies continue to exist.
C. acquisition of a competitor.
D. acquisition of a supplier or a customer.
E. legal proposal to acquire outstanding shares of the target's stock.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-03 Define the term business combination and differentiate across various forms of business
combinations.
1-118 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
14. How are stock issuance costs and direct combination costs treated in a business combination
which is accounted for as an acquisition when the subsidiary will retain its incorporation?
A. Stock issuance costs are a part of the acquisition costs, and the direct combination costs
are expensed.
B. Direct combination costs are a part of the acquisition costs, and the stock issuance costs
are a reduction to additional paid-in capital.
C. Direct combination costs are expensed and stock issuance costs are a reduction to
additional paid-in capital.
D. Both are treated as part of the acquisition consideration transferred.
E. Both are treated as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
1-119 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
15. Bullen Inc. acquired 100% of the voting common stock of Vicker Inc. on January 1, 2013. The
book value and fair value of Vicker's accounts on that date (prior to creating the combination)
follow, along with the book value of Bullen's accounts:
Assume that Bullen issued 12,000 shares of common stock with a $5 par value and a $47 fair
value to obtain all of Vicker's outstanding stock. In this acquisition transaction, how much
goodwill should be recognized?
A. $144,000.
B. $104,000.
C. $64,000.
D. $60,000.
E. $0.
$47 × 12,000 = $564,000 - ($80,000 + $40,000 + $240,000) = $204,000 - $100,000 =
$104,000
FV > BV: Inv +$40,000; Land +$20,000; +Blgs $30,000; +Liab $10,000 = $100,000
1-120 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-121 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
16. Bullen Inc. acquired 100% of the voting common stock of Vicker Inc. on January 1, 2013. The
book value and fair value of Vicker's accounts on that date (prior to creating the combination)
follow, along with the book value of Bullen's accounts:
Assume that Bullen issued 12,000 shares of common stock with a $5 par value and a $42 fair
value for all of the outstanding stock of Vicker. What is the consolidated balance for Land as a
result of this acquisition transaction?
A. $460,000.
B. $510,000.
C. $500,000.
D. $520,000.
E. $490,000.
$280,000 + $240,000 = $520,000
1-122 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-123 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
17. Bullen Inc. acquired 100% of the voting common stock of Vicker Inc. on January 1, 2013. The
book value and fair value of Vicker's accounts on that date (prior to creating the combination)
follow, along with the book value of Bullen's accounts:
Assume that Bullen issued 12,000 shares of common stock with a $5 par value and a $42 fair
value for all of the outstanding shares of Vicker. What will be the consolidated Additional Paid-
In Capital and Retained Earnings (January 1, 2013 balances) as a result of this acquisition
transaction?
A. $60,000 and $490,000.
B. $60,000 and $250,000.
C. $380,000 and $250,000.
D. $464,000 and $250,000.
E. $464,000 and $420,000.
$20,000 + ($37 × 12,000) = $464,000 Add'l Paid-In Capital
$250,000 Parent's R/E Only
1-124 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-125 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
18. Bullen Inc. acquired 100% of the voting common stock of Vicker Inc. on January 1, 2013. The
book value and fair value of Vicker's accounts on that date (prior to creating the combination)
follow, along with the book value of Bullen's accounts:
Assume that Bullen issued preferred stock with a par value of $240,000 and a fair value of
$500,000 for all of the outstanding shares of Vicker in an acquisition business combination.
What will be the balance in the consolidated Inventory and Land accounts?
A. $440,000, $496,000.
B. $440,000, $520,000.
C. $425,000, $505,000.
D. $400,000, $500,000.
E. $427,000, $510,000.
Inventory $230,000 BV + $210,000 FV = $440,000
Land $280,000 BV + $240,000 FV = $520,000
1-126 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-127 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
19. Bullen Inc. acquired 100% of the voting common stock of Vicker Inc. on January 1, 2013. The
book value and fair value of Vicker's accounts on that date (prior to creating the combination)
follow, along with the book value of Bullen's accounts:
Assume that Bullen paid a total of $480,000 in cash for all of the shares of Vicker. In addition,
Bullen paid $35,000 to a group of attorneys for their work in arranging the combination to be
accounted for as an acquisition. What will be the balance in consolidated goodwill?
A. $0.
B. $20,000.
C. $35,000.
D. $55,000.
E. $65,000.
$480,000 - ($80,000 CS + $40,000 APIC + $240,000 R/E + $100,000 FV) = $20,000 Excess
1-128 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-129 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
20. Prior to being united in a business combination, Botkins Inc. and Volkerson Corp. had the
following stockholders' equity figures:
Botkins issued 56,000 new shares of its common stock valued at $3.25 per share for all of the
outstanding stock of Volkerson.
Assume that Botkins acquired Volkerson on January 1, 2012. At what amount did Botkins
record the investment in Volkerson?
A. $56,000.
B. $182,000.
C. $209,000.
D. $261,000.
E. $312,000.
$3.25 × 56,000 = $182,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-130 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
21. Prior to being united in a business combination, Botkins Inc. and Volkerson Corp. had the
following stockholders' equity figures:
Botkins issued 56,000 new shares of its common stock valued at $3.25 per share for all of the
outstanding stock of Volkerson.
Assume that Botkins acquired Volkerson on January 1, 2012. Immediately afterwards, what is
consolidated Common Stock?
A. $456,000.
B. $402,000.
C. $274,000.
D. $276,000.
E. $330,000.
$220,000 + ($1.00 × 56,000) = $276,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-131 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
22. Chapel Hill Company had common stock of $350,000 and retained earnings of $490,000. Blue
Town Inc. had common stock of $700,000 and retained earnings of $980,000. On January 1,
2013, Blue Town issued 34,000 shares of common stock with a $12 par value and a $35 fair
value for all of Chapel Hill Company's outstanding common stock. This combination was
accounted for as an acquisition. Immediately after the combination, what was the total
consolidated net assets?
A. $2,520,000.
B. $1,190,000.
C. $1,680,000.
D. $2,870,000.
E. $2,030,000.
$700,000 + $980,000 + ($35 × 34,000) = $2,870,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-132 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
23. Which of the following is a not a reason for a business combination to take place?
A. Cost savings through elimination of duplicate facilities.
B. Quick entry for new and existing products into domestic and foreign markets.
C. Diversification of business risk.
D. Vertical integration.
E. Increase in stock price of the acquired company.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-01 Discuss the motives for business combinations.
1-133 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
24. Which of the following statements is true regarding a statutory merger?
A. The original companies dissolve while remaining as separate divisions of a newly created
company.
B. Both companies remain in existence as legal corporations with one corporation now a
subsidiary of the acquiring company.
C. The acquired company dissolves as a separate corporation and becomes a division of the
acquiring company.
D. The acquiring company acquires the stock of the acquired company as an investment.
E. A statutory merger is no longer a legal option.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-03 Define the term business combination and differentiate across various forms of business
combinations.
1-134 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
25. Which of the following statements is true regarding a statutory consolidation?
A. The original companies dissolve while remaining as separate divisions of a newly created
company.
B. Both companies remain in existence as legal corporations with one corporation now a
subsidiary of the acquiring company.
C. The acquired company dissolves as a separate corporation and becomes a division of the
acquiring company.
D. The acquiring company acquires the stock of the acquired company as an investment.
E. A statutory consolidation is no longer a legal option.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-03 Define the term business combination and differentiate across various forms of business
combinations.
1-135 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
26. In a transaction accounted for using the acquisition method where consideration transferred
exceeds book value of the acquired company, which statement is true for the acquiring
company with regard to its investment?
A. Net assets of the acquired company are revalued to their fair values and any excess of
consideration transferred over fair value of net assets acquired is allocated to goodwill.
B. Net assets of the acquired company are maintained at book value and any excess of
consideration transferred over book value of net assets acquired is allocated to goodwill.
C. Acquired assets are revalued to their fair values. Acquired liabilities are maintained at book
values. Any excess is allocated to goodwill.
D. Acquired long-term assets are revalued to their fair values. Any excess is allocated to
goodwill.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Analyze
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
1-136 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
27. In a transaction accounted for using the acquisition method where consideration transferred is
less than fair value of net assets acquired, which statement is true?
A. Negative goodwill is recorded.
B. A deferred credit is recorded.
C. A gain on bargain purchase is recorded.
D. Long-term assets of the acquired company are reduced in proportion to their fair values.
Any excess is recorded as a deferred credit.
E. Long-term assets and liabilities of the acquired company are reduced in proportion to their
fair values. Any excess is recorded as an extraordinary gain.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
1-137 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
28. Which of the following statements is true regarding the acquisition method of accounting for a
business combination?
A. Net assets of the acquired company are reported at their fair values.
B. Net assets of the acquired company are reported at their book values.
C. Any goodwill associated with the acquisition is reported as a development cost.
D. The acquisition can only be effected by a mutual exchange of voting common stock.
E. Indirect costs of the combination reduce additional paid-in capital.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
1-138 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
29. Which of the following statements is true?
A. The pooling of interests for business combinations is an alternative to the acquisition
method.
B. The purchase method for business combinations is an alternative to the acquisition
method.
C. Neither the purchase method nor the pooling of interests method is allowed for new
business combinations.
D. Any previous business combination originally accounted for under purchase or pooling of
interests accounting method will now be accounted for under the acquisition method of
accounting for business combinations.
E. Companies previously using the purchase or pooling of interests accounting method must
report a change in accounting principle when consolidating those subsidiaries with new
acquisition combinations.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-09 Appendix: Identify the general characteristics of the legacy purchase and pooling of interest methods
of accounting for past business combinations. Understand the effects that persist today in financial statements from the use of
these legacy methods.
1-139 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-140 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
30. The financial statements for Goodwin, Inc. and Corr Company for the year ended December
31, 2013, prior to Goodwin's acquisition business combination transaction regarding Corr,
follow (in thousands):
On December 31, 2013, Goodwin issued $600 in debt and 30 shares of its $10 par value
common stock to the owners of Corr to acquire all of the outstanding shares of that company.
Goodwin shares had a fair value of $40 per share.
Goodwin paid $25 to a broker for arranging the transaction. Goodwin paid $35 in stock
issuance costs. Corr's equipment was actually worth $1,400 but its buildings were only valued
at $560.
In this acquisition business combination, at what amount is the investment recorded on
Goodwin's books?
A. $1,540.
B. $1,800.
1-141 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
C. $1,860.
D. $1,825.
E. $1,625.
$600 Cash + ($40 × 30 Shares) = $1,800 Investment
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-142 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-143 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
31. The financial statements for Goodwin, Inc. and Corr Company for the year ended December
31, 2013, prior to Goodwin's acquisition business combination transaction regarding Corr,
follow (in thousands):
On December 31, 2013, Goodwin issued $600 in debt and 30 shares of its $10 par value
common stock to the owners of Corr to acquire all of the outstanding shares of that company.
Goodwin shares had a fair value of $40 per share.
Goodwin paid $25 to a broker for arranging the transaction. Goodwin paid $35 in stock
issuance costs. Corr's equipment was actually worth $1,400 but its buildings were only valued
at $560.
In this acquisition business combination, what total amount of common stock and additional
paid-in capital is added on Goodwin's books?
A. $265.
B. $1,165.
1-144 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
C. $1,200.
D. $1,235.
E. $1,765.
($10 × 30 shares) Common Stock + ($30 × 30 shares) APIC - $35 APIC = $1,165
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-145 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-146 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
32. The financial statements for Goodwin, Inc. and Corr Company for the year ended December
31, 2013, prior to Goodwin's acquisition business combination transaction regarding Corr,
follow (in thousands):
On December 31, 2013, Goodwin issued $600 in debt and 30 shares of its $10 par value
common stock to the owners of Corr to acquire all of the outstanding shares of that company.
Goodwin shares had a fair value of $40 per share.
Goodwin paid $25 to a broker for arranging the transaction. Goodwin paid $35 in stock
issuance costs. Corr's equipment was actually worth $1,400 but its buildings were only valued
at $560.
Compute the consolidated revenues for 2013.
A. $2,700.
B. $720.
C. $920.
1-147 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $3,300.
E. $1,540.
$2,700 Parent's Revenue Only
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-148 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-149 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
33. The financial statements for Goodwin, Inc. and Corr Company for the year ended December
31, 2013, prior to Goodwin's acquisition business combination transaction regarding Corr,
follow (in thousands):
On December 31, 2013, Goodwin issued $600 in debt and 30 shares of its $10 par value
common stock to the owners of Corr to acquire all of the outstanding shares of that company.
Goodwin shares had a fair value of $40 per share.
Goodwin paid $25 to a broker for arranging the transaction. Goodwin paid $35 in stock
issuance costs. Corr's equipment was actually worth $1,400 but its buildings were only valued
at $560.
Compute the consolidated receivables and inventory for 2013.
A. $1,200.
B. $1,515.
C. $1,540.
1-150 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $1,800.
E. $2,140.
$1,200 + $340 = $1,540
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-151 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-152 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
34. The financial statements for Goodwin, Inc. and Corr Company for the year ended December
31, 2013, prior to Goodwin's acquisition business combination transaction regarding Corr,
follow (in thousands):
On December 31, 2013, Goodwin issued $600 in debt and 30 shares of its $10 par value
common stock to the owners of Corr to acquire all of the outstanding shares of that company.
Goodwin shares had a fair value of $40 per share.
Goodwin paid $25 to a broker for arranging the transaction. Goodwin paid $35 in stock
issuance costs. Corr's equipment was actually worth $1,400 but its buildings were only valued
at $560.
Compute the consolidated expenses for 2013.
A. $1,980.
B. $2,005.
C. $2,040.
1-153 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $2,380.
E. $2,405.
$1,980 + $25 Fees = $2,005
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-154 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-155 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
35. The financial statements for Goodwin, Inc. and Corr Company for the year ended December
31, 2013, prior to Goodwin's acquisition business combination transaction regarding Corr,
follow (in thousands):
On December 31, 2013, Goodwin issued $600 in debt and 30 shares of its $10 par value
common stock to the owners of Corr to acquire all of the outstanding shares of that company.
Goodwin shares had a fair value of $40 per share.
Goodwin paid $25 to a broker for arranging the transaction. Goodwin paid $35 in stock
issuance costs. Corr's equipment was actually worth $1,400 but its buildings were only valued
at $560.
Compute the consolidated cash account at December 31, 2013.
A. $460.
B. $425.
C. $400.
1-156 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $435.
E. $240.
$240 + $220 = $460 - ($25 + $35) = $400
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-157 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-158 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
36. The financial statements for Goodwin, Inc. and Corr Company for the year ended December
31, 2013, prior to Goodwin's acquisition business combination transaction regarding Corr,
follow (in thousands):
On December 31, 2013, Goodwin issued $600 in debt and 30 shares of its $10 par value
common stock to the owners of Corr to acquire all of the outstanding shares of that company.
Goodwin shares had a fair value of $40 per share.
Goodwin paid $25 to a broker for arranging the transaction. Goodwin paid $35 in stock
issuance costs. Corr's equipment was actually worth $1,400 but its buildings were only valued
at $560.
Compute the consolidated buildings (net) account at December 31, 2013.
A. $2,700.
B. $3,370.
C. $3,300.
1-159 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $3,260.
E. $3,340.
$2,700 BV + $560 FV = $3,260
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-160 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-161 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
37. The financial statements for Goodwin, Inc. and Corr Company for the year ended December
31, 2013, prior to Goodwin's acquisition business combination transaction regarding Corr,
follow (in thousands):
On December 31, 2013, Goodwin issued $600 in debt and 30 shares of its $10 par value
common stock to the owners of Corr to acquire all of the outstanding shares of that company.
Goodwin shares had a fair value of $40 per share.
Goodwin paid $25 to a broker for arranging the transaction. Goodwin paid $35 in stock
issuance costs. Corr's equipment was actually worth $1,400 but its buildings were only valued
at $560.
Compute the consolidated equipment (net) account at December 31, 2013.
A. $2,100.
B. $3,500.
C. $3,300.
1-162 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $3,000.
E. $3,200.
$2,100 BV + $1,400 FV = $3,500
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-163 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-164 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
38. The financial statements for Goodwin, Inc. and Corr Company for the year ended December
31, 2013, prior to Goodwin's acquisition business combination transaction regarding Corr,
follow (in thousands):
On December 31, 2013, Goodwin issued $600 in debt and 30 shares of its $10 par value
common stock to the owners of Corr to acquire all of the outstanding shares of that company.
Goodwin shares had a fair value of $40 per share.
Goodwin paid $25 to a broker for arranging the transaction. Goodwin paid $35 in stock
issuance costs. Corr's equipment was actually worth $1,400 but its buildings were only valued
at $560.
Compute the consideration transferred for this acquisition at December 31, 2013.
A. $900.
B. $1,165.
C. $1,200.
1-165 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $1,765.
E. $1,800.
$600 Cash + ($40 × 30 Stock) = $1,800
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-166 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-167 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
39. The financial statements for Goodwin, Inc. and Corr Company for the year ended December
31, 2013, prior to Goodwin's acquisition business combination transaction regarding Corr,
follow (in thousands):
On December 31, 2013, Goodwin issued $600 in debt and 30 shares of its $10 par value
common stock to the owners of Corr to acquire all of the outstanding shares of that company.
Goodwin shares had a fair value of $40 per share.
Goodwin paid $25 to a broker for arranging the transaction. Goodwin paid $35 in stock
issuance costs. Corr's equipment was actually worth $1,400 but its buildings were only valued
at $560.
Compute the goodwill arising from this acquisition at December 31, 2013.
A. $0.
B. $100.
C. $125.
1-168 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $160.
E. $45.
$400 CS + $540 APIC + $600 R/E = $1,540 + $200 Equipt - $40 Blgs = $1,700 Total Equity
$600 Cash + ($40 × 30 Stock) = $1,800 Consideration - $1,700 = $100 Goodwill
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-169 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-170 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
40. The financial statements for Goodwin, Inc. and Corr Company for the year ended December
31, 2013, prior to Goodwin's acquisition business combination transaction regarding Corr,
follow (in thousands):
On December 31, 2013, Goodwin issued $600 in debt and 30 shares of its $10 par value
common stock to the owners of Corr to acquire all of the outstanding shares of that company.
Goodwin shares had a fair value of $40 per share.
Goodwin paid $25 to a broker for arranging the transaction. Goodwin paid $35 in stock
issuance costs. Corr's equipment was actually worth $1,400 but its buildings were only valued
at $560.
Compute the consolidated common stock account at December 31, 2013.
A. $1,080.
B. $1,480.
C. $1,380.
1-171 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $2,280.
E. $2,680.
$1,080 + ($10 × 30 shares) = $1,380
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-172 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-173 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
41. The financial statements for Goodwin, Inc. and Corr Company for the year ended December
31, 2013, prior to Goodwin's acquisition business combination transaction regarding Corr,
follow (in thousands):
On December 31, 2013, Goodwin issued $600 in debt and 30 shares of its $10 par value
common stock to the owners of Corr to acquire all of the outstanding shares of that company.
Goodwin shares had a fair value of $40 per share.
Goodwin paid $25 to a broker for arranging the transaction. Goodwin paid $35 in stock
issuance costs. Corr's equipment was actually worth $1,400 but its buildings were only valued
at $560.
Compute the consolidated additional paid-in capital at December 31, 2013.
A. $810.
B. $1,350.
C. $1,675.
1-174 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $1,910.
E. $1,875.
$810 + ($30 × 30 shares) - $35 Issuance Costs = $1,675
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-175 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-176 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
42. The financial statements for Goodwin, Inc. and Corr Company for the year ended December
31, 2013, prior to Goodwin's acquisition business combination transaction regarding Corr,
follow (in thousands):
On December 31, 2013, Goodwin issued $600 in debt and 30 shares of its $10 par value
common stock to the owners of Corr to acquire all of the outstanding shares of that company.
Goodwin shares had a fair value of $40 per share.
Goodwin paid $25 to a broker for arranging the transaction. Goodwin paid $35 in stock
issuance costs. Corr's equipment was actually worth $1,400 but its buildings were only valued
at $560.
Compute the consolidated liabilities at December 31, 2013.
A. $1,500.
B. $2,100.
C. $2,320.
1-177 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $2,920.
E. $2,885.
$1,500 Parent's + $820 Sub's + $600 Parent's New = $2,920
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
1-178 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-179 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
43. The financial statements for Goodwin, Inc. and Corr Company for the year ended December
31, 2013, prior to Goodwin's acquisition business combination transaction regarding Corr,
follow (in thousands):
On December 31, 2013, Goodwin issued $600 in debt and 30 shares of its $10 par value
common stock to the owners of Corr to acquire all of the outstanding shares of that company.
Goodwin shares had a fair value of $40 per share.
Goodwin paid $25 to a broker for arranging the transaction. Goodwin paid $35 in stock
issuance costs. Corr's equipment was actually worth $1,400 but its buildings were only valued
at $560.
Compute the consolidated retained earnings at December 31, 2013.
A. $2,800.
B. $2,825.
C. $2,850.
1-180 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $3,425.
E. $3,450.
$2,850 - $25 Broker Expense = $2,825
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-181 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-182 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
44. On January 1, 2013, the Moody Company entered into a transaction for 100% of the
outstanding common stock of Osorio Company. To acquire these shares, Moody issued $400
in long-term liabilities and 40 shares of common stock having a par value of $1 per share but a
fair value of $10 per share. Moody paid $20 to lawyers, accountants, and brokers for
assistance in bringing about this acquisition. Another $15 was paid in connection with stock
issuance costs. Prior to these transactions, the balance sheets for the two companies were as
follows:
Note: Parentheses indicate a credit balance.
In Moody's appraisal of Osorio, three assets were deemed to be undervalued on the
subsidiary's books: Inventory by $10, Land by $40, and Buildings by $60.
What amount was recorded as the investment in Osorio?
A. $930.
B. $820.
C. $800.
D. $835.
E. $815.
1-183 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
$400 Cash + ($1.00 × 40 shares) CS + ($9 × 40 shares) APIC = $800
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-184 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-185 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
45. On January 1, 2013, the Moody Company entered into a transaction for 100% of the
outstanding common stock of Osorio Company. To acquire these shares, Moody issued $400
in long-term liabilities and 40 shares of common stock having a par value of $1 per share but a
fair value of $10 per share. Moody paid $20 to lawyers, accountants, and brokers for
assistance in bringing about this acquisition. Another $15 was paid in connection with stock
issuance costs. Prior to these transactions, the balance sheets for the two companies were as
follows:
Note: Parentheses indicate a credit balance.
In Moody's appraisal of Osorio, three assets were deemed to be undervalued on the
subsidiary's books: Inventory by $10, Land by $40, and Buildings by $60.
What amount was recorded as goodwill arising from this acquisition?
A. $230.
B. $120.
C. $520.
D. None. There is a gain on bargain purchase of $230.
E. None. There is a gain on bargain purchase of $265.
1-186 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
$800 Consideration Given
$240 CS + $340 APIC + $340 R/E = $920 + $10 Inv FV + $40 Land FV + $60 Blgs FV =
$1,030
($800 Consideration) - ($1,030 BV/FV) = $230 Bargain Purchase Gain
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-187 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-188 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
46. On January 1, 2013, the Moody Company entered into a transaction for 100% of the
outstanding common stock of Osorio Company. To acquire these shares, Moody issued $400
in long-term liabilities and 40 shares of common stock having a par value of $1 per share but a
fair value of $10 per share. Moody paid $20 to lawyers, accountants, and brokers for
assistance in bringing about this acquisition. Another $15 was paid in connection with stock
issuance costs. Prior to these transactions, the balance sheets for the two companies were as
follows:
Note: Parentheses indicate a credit balance.
In Moody's appraisal of Osorio, three assets were deemed to be undervalued on the
subsidiary's books: Inventory by $10, Land by $40, and Buildings by $60.
Compute the amount of consolidated inventories at date of acquisition.
A. $1,080.
B. $1,350.
C. $1,360.
D. $1,370.
E. $290.
1-189 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
$1,080 + $280 + $10 = $1,370
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-190 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-191 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
47. On January 1, 2013, the Moody Company entered into a transaction for 100% of the
outstanding common stock of Osorio Company. To acquire these shares, Moody issued $400
in long-term liabilities and 40 shares of common stock having a par value of $1 per share but a
fair value of $10 per share. Moody paid $20 to lawyers, accountants, and brokers for
assistance in bringing about this acquisition. Another $15 was paid in connection with stock
issuance costs. Prior to these transactions, the balance sheets for the two companies were as
follows:
Note: Parentheses indicate a credit balance.
In Moody's appraisal of Osorio, three assets were deemed to be undervalued on the
subsidiary's books: Inventory by $10, Land by $40, and Buildings by $60.
Compute the amount of consolidated buildings (net) at date of acquisition.
A. $1,700.
B. $1,760.
C. $1,640.
D. $1,320.
E. $500.
1-192 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
$1,260 + $440 + $60 = $1,760
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-193 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-194 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
48. On January 1, 2013, the Moody Company entered into a transaction for 100% of the
outstanding common stock of Osorio Company. To acquire these shares, Moody issued $400
in long-term liabilities and 40 shares of common stock having a par value of $1 per share but a
fair value of $10 per share. Moody paid $20 to lawyers, accountants, and brokers for
assistance in bringing about this acquisition. Another $15 was paid in connection with stock
issuance costs. Prior to these transactions, the balance sheets for the two companies were as
follows:
Note: Parentheses indicate a credit balance.
In Moody's appraisal of Osorio, three assets were deemed to be undervalued on the
subsidiary's books: Inventory by $10, Land by $40, and Buildings by $60.
Compute the amount of consolidated land at date of acquisition.
A. $1,000.
B. $960.
C. $920.
D. $400.
E. $320.
1-195 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
$600 + $360 + $40 = $1,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-196 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-197 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
49. On January 1, 2013, the Moody Company entered into a transaction for 100% of the
outstanding common stock of Osorio Company. To acquire these shares, Moody issued $400
in long-term liabilities and 40 shares of common stock having a par value of $1 per share but a
fair value of $10 per share. Moody paid $20 to lawyers, accountants, and brokers for
assistance in bringing about this acquisition. Another $15 was paid in connection with stock
issuance costs. Prior to these transactions, the balance sheets for the two companies were as
follows:
Note: Parentheses indicate a credit balance.
In Moody's appraisal of Osorio, three assets were deemed to be undervalued on the
subsidiary's books: Inventory by $10, Land by $40, and Buildings by $60.
Compute the amount of consolidated equipment at date of acquisition.
A. $480.
B. $580.
C. $559.
D. $570.
E. $560.
1-198 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
$480 + $100 = $580
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-199 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-200 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
50. On January 1, 2013, the Moody Company entered into a transaction for 100% of the
outstanding common stock of Osorio Company. To acquire these shares, Moody issued $400
in long-term liabilities and 40 shares of common stock having a par value of $1 per share but a
fair value of $10 per share. Moody paid $20 to lawyers, accountants, and brokers for
assistance in bringing about this acquisition. Another $15 was paid in connection with stock
issuance costs. Prior to these transactions, the balance sheets for the two companies were as
follows:
Note: Parentheses indicate a credit balance.
In Moody's appraisal of Osorio, three assets were deemed to be undervalued on the
subsidiary's books: Inventory by $10, Land by $40, and Buildings by $60.
Compute the amount of consolidated common stock at date of acquisition.
A. $370.
B. $570.
C. $610.
D. $330.
E. $530.
1-201 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
$330 + ($1.00 × 40 shares) = $370
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-202 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-203 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
51. On January 1, 2013, the Moody Company entered into a transaction for 100% of the
outstanding common stock of Osorio Company. To acquire these shares, Moody issued $400
in long-term liabilities and 40 shares of common stock having a par value of $1 per share but a
fair value of $10 per share. Moody paid $20 to lawyers, accountants, and brokers for
assistance in bringing about this acquisition. Another $15 was paid in connection with stock
issuance costs. Prior to these transactions, the balance sheets for the two companies were as
follows:
Note: Parentheses indicate a credit balance.
In Moody's appraisal of Osorio, three assets were deemed to be undervalued on the
subsidiary's books: Inventory by $10, Land by $40, and Buildings by $60.
Compute the amount of consolidated additional paid-in capital at date of acquisition.
A. $1,080.
B. $1,420.
C. $1,065.
D. $1,425.
E. $1,440.
1-204 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
$1,080 + ($9.00 × 40 shares) - $15 Issuance Costs = $1,425
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-205 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-206 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
52. On January 1, 2013, the Moody Company entered into a transaction for 100% of the
outstanding common stock of Osorio Company. To acquire these shares, Moody issued $400
in long-term liabilities and 40 shares of common stock having a par value of $1 per share but a
fair value of $10 per share. Moody paid $20 to lawyers, accountants, and brokers for
assistance in bringing about this acquisition. Another $15 was paid in connection with stock
issuance costs. Prior to these transactions, the balance sheets for the two companies were as
follows:
Note: Parentheses indicate a credit balance.
In Moody's appraisal of Osorio, three assets were deemed to be undervalued on the
subsidiary's books: Inventory by $10, Land by $40, and Buildings by $60.
Compute the amount of consolidated cash after recording the acquisition transaction.
A. $220.
B. $185.
C. $200.
D. $205.
E. $215.
1-207 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
($180 - $20 - $15 Parent) = $145 + ($40 Sub) = $185
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-208 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
53. Carnes has the following account balances as of May 1, 2012 before an acquisition
transaction takes place.
The fair value of Carnes' Land and Buildings are $650,000 and $550,000, respectively. On
May 1, 2012, Riley Company issues 30,000 shares of its $10 par value ($25 fair value)
common stock in exchange for all of the shares of Carnes' common stock. Riley paid $10,000
for costs to issue the new shares of stock. Before the acquisition, Riley has $700,000 in its
common stock account and $300,000 in its additional paid-in capital account.
On May 1, 2012, what value is assigned to Riley's investment account?
A. $150,000.
B. $300,000.
C. $750,000.
D. $760,000.
E. $1,350,000.
$25 × 30,000 shares = $750,000
1-209 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-210 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
54. Carnes has the following account balances as of May 1, 2012 before an acquisition
transaction takes place.
The fair value of Carnes' Land and Buildings are $650,000 and $550,000, respectively. On
May 1, 2012, Riley Company issues 30,000 shares of its $10 par value ($25 fair value)
common stock in exchange for all of the shares of Carnes' common stock. Riley paid $10,000
for costs to issue the new shares of stock. Before the acquisition, Riley has $700,000 in its
common stock account and $300,000 in its additional paid-in capital account.
At the date of acquisition, by how much does Riley's additional paid-in capital increase or
decrease?
A. $0.
B. $440,000 increase.
C. $450,000 increase.
D. $640,000 increase.
E. $650,000 decrease.
$15 × 30,000 shares = $450,000 - $10,000 = $440,000
1-211 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-212 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
55. Carnes has the following account balances as of May 1, 2012 before an acquisition
transaction takes place.
The fair value of Carnes' Land and Buildings are $650,000 and $550,000, respectively. On
May 1, 2012, Riley Company issues 30,000 shares of its $10 par value ($25 fair value)
common stock in exchange for all of the shares of Carnes' common stock. Riley paid $10,000
for costs to issue the new shares of stock. Before the acquisition, Riley has $700,000 in its
common stock account and $300,000 in its additional paid-in capital account.
What will be Riley's balance in its common stock account as a result of this acquisition?
A. $300,000.
B. $990,000.
C. $1,000,000.
D. $1,590,000.
E. $1,600,000.
$700,000 + ($10 × 30,000 shares) = $1,000,000
1-213 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-214 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
56. Carnes has the following account balances as of May 1, 2012 before an acquisition
transaction takes place.
The fair value of Carnes' Land and Buildings are $650,000 and $550,000, respectively. On
May 1, 2012, Riley Company issues 30,000 shares of its $10 par value ($25 fair value)
common stock in exchange for all of the shares of Carnes' common stock. Riley paid $10,000
for costs to issue the new shares of stock. Before the acquisition, Riley has $700,000 in its
common stock account and $300,000 in its additional paid-in capital account.
What will be the consolidated additional paid-in capital as a result of this acquisition?
A. $440,000.
B. $740,000.
C. $750,000.
D. $940,000.
E. $950,000.
$300,000 APIC + $440,000 Added APIC = $740,000
1-215 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-216 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
57. The financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company as of December 31,
2013, are presented below. Also included are the fair values for Franz Company's net assets.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume an acquisition business combination took place at December 31, 2013. Atwood
issued 50 shares of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the
outstanding common shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct
costs of $10 (in thousands) were paid.
Compute the investment to be recorded at date of acquisition.
A. $1,750.
B. $1,760.
C. $1,775.
D. $1,300.
E. $1,120.
$35 FV × 50 shares = $1,750
1-217 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-218 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
58. The financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company as of December 31,
2013, are presented below. Also included are the fair values for Franz Company's net assets.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume an acquisition business combination took place at December 31, 2013. Atwood
issued 50 shares of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the
outstanding common shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct
costs of $10 (in thousands) were paid.
Compute the consolidated common stock at date of acquisition.
A. $1,000.
B. $2,980.
C. $2,400.
D. $3,400.
E. $3,730.
$1,980 + ($20 Par × 50 shares) = $2,980
1-219 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-220 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
59. The financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company as of December 31,
2013, are presented below. Also included are the fair values for Franz Company's net assets.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume an acquisition business combination took place at December 31, 2013. Atwood
issued 50 shares of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the
outstanding common shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct
costs of $10 (in thousands) were paid.
Compute consolidated inventory at the date of the acquisition.
A. $1,650.
B. $1,810.
C. $1,230.
D. $580.
E. $1,830.
$1,230 BV + $580 FV = $1,810
1-221 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-222 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
60. The financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company as of December 31,
2013, are presented below. Also included are the fair values for Franz Company's net assets.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume an acquisition business combination took place at December 31, 2013. Atwood
issued 50 shares of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the
outstanding common shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct
costs of $10 (in thousands) were paid.
Compute consolidated land at the date of the acquisition.
A. $2,060.
B. $1,800.
C. $260.
D. $2,050.
E. $2,070.
$1,800 BV + $250 FV = $2,050
1-223 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-224 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
61. The financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company as of December 31,
2013, are presented below. Also included are the fair values for Franz Company's net assets.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume an acquisition business combination took place at December 31, 2013. Atwood
issued 50 shares of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the
outstanding common shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct
costs of $10 (in thousands) were paid.
Compute consolidated buildings (net) at the date of the acquisition.
A. $2,450.
B. $2,340.
C. $1,800.
D. $650.
E. $1,690.
$1,800 BV + $650 FV = $2,450
1-225 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-226 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
62. The financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company as of December 31,
2013, are presented below. Also included are the fair values for Franz Company's net assets.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume an acquisition business combination took place at December 31, 2013. Atwood
issued 50 shares of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the
outstanding common shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct
costs of $10 (in thousands) were paid.
Compute consolidated long-term liabilities at the date of the acquisition.
A. $2,600.
B. $2,700.
C. $2,800.
D. $3,720.
E. $3,820.
$2,700 BV + $1,120 FV = $3,820
1-227 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-228 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
63. The financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company as of December 31,
2013, are presented below. Also included are the fair values for Franz Company's net assets.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume an acquisition business combination took place at December 31, 2013. Atwood
issued 50 shares of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the
outstanding common shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct
costs of $10 (in thousands) were paid.
Compute consolidated goodwill at the date of the acquisition.
A. $360.
B. $450.
C. $460.
D. $440.
E. $475.
($35 FV × 50 shares = $1,750) - ($1,300 Net Assets at FV) = $450 Goodwill
1-229 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-230 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
64. The financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company as of December 31,
2013, are presented below. Also included are the fair values for Franz Company's net assets.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume an acquisition business combination took place at December 31, 2013. Atwood
issued 50 shares of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the
outstanding common shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct
costs of $10 (in thousands) were paid.
Compute consolidated equipment (net) at the date of the acquisition.
A. $400.
B. $660.
C. $1,060.
D. $1,040.
E. $1,050.
$660 BV + $400 FV = $1,060
1-231 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-232 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
65. The financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company as of December 31,
2013, are presented below. Also included are the fair values for Franz Company's net assets.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume an acquisition business combination took place at December 31, 2013. Atwood
issued 50 shares of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the
outstanding common shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct
costs of $10 (in thousands) were paid.
Compute fair value of the net assets acquired at the date of the acquisition.
A. $1,300.
B. $1,340.
C. $1,500.
D. $1,750.
E. $2,480.
($240 + $600 + $580 + $250 + $650 + $400) - ($240 + $60 + $1,120) = $1300
1-233 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-234 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
66. The financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company as of December 31,
2013, are presented below. Also included are the fair values for Franz Company's net assets.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume an acquisition business combination took place at December 31, 2013. Atwood
issued 50 shares of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the
outstanding common shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct
costs of $10 (in thousands) were paid.
Compute consolidated retained earnings at the date of the acquisition.
A. $1,160.
B. $1,170.
C. $1,280.
D. $1,290.
E. $1,640.
$1,170 + ($2,880 - $2760 - $10) = $1,280
1-235 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-236 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
67. The financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company as of December 31,
2013, are presented below. Also included are the fair values for Franz Company's net assets.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume an acquisition business combination took place at December 31, 2013. Atwood
issued 50 shares of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the
outstanding common shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct
costs of $10 (in thousands) were paid.
Compute consolidated revenues at the date of the acquisition.
A. $3,540.
B. $2,880.
C. $1,170.
D. $1,650.
E. $4,050.
$2,880 Revenues of the Parent Only
1-237 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-238 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
68. The financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company as of December 31,
2013, are presented below. Also included are the fair values for Franz Company's net assets.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume an acquisition business combination took place at December 31, 2013. Atwood
issued 50 shares of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the
outstanding common shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct
costs of $10 (in thousands) were paid.
Compute consolidated cash at the completion of the acquisition.
A. $1,350.
B. $1,085.
C. $1,110.
D. $870.
E. $845.
$870 + $240 - $15 - $10 = $1,085
1-239 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-240 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
69. The financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company as of December 31,
2013, are presented below. Also included are the fair values for Franz Company's net assets.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume an acquisition business combination took place at December 31, 2013. Atwood
issued 50 shares of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the
outstanding common shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct
costs of $10 (in thousands) were paid.
Compute consolidated expenses at the date of the acquisition.
A. $2,760.
B. $2,770.
C. $2,785.
D. $3,380.
E. $3,390.
$2,760 + $10 = $2,770
1-241 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-242 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-243 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
70. Presented below are the financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company
as of December 31, 2012, immediately before Atwood acquired Franz. Also included are the
fair values for Franz Company's net assets at that date.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume a business combination took place at December 31, 2012. Atwood issued 50 shares
of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the outstanding common
shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct costs of $10 (in
thousands) were paid to effect this acquisition transaction. To settle a difference of opinion
regarding Franz's fair value, Atwood promises to pay an additional $5.2 (in thousands) to the
former owners if Franz's earnings exceed a certain sum during the next year. Given the
probability of the required contingency payment and utilizing a 4% discount rate, the expected
present value of the contingency is $5 (in thousands).
Compute the investment to be recorded at date of acquisition.
A. $1,750.
B. $1,755.
C. $1,725.
1-244 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $1,760.
E. $1,765.
$35 × 50 shares = $1,750 + $5 = $1,755
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-245 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-246 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
71. Presented below are the financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company
as of December 31, 2012, immediately before Atwood acquired Franz. Also included are the
fair values for Franz Company's net assets at that date.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume a business combination took place at December 31, 2012. Atwood issued 50 shares
of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the outstanding common
shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct costs of $10 (in
thousands) were paid to effect this acquisition transaction. To settle a difference of opinion
regarding Franz's fair value, Atwood promises to pay an additional $5.2 (in thousands) to the
former owners if Franz's earnings exceed a certain sum during the next year. Given the
probability of the required contingency payment and utilizing a 4% discount rate, the expected
present value of the contingency is $5 (in thousands).
Compute consolidated inventory at date of acquisition.
A. $1,650.
B. $1,810.
C. $1,230.
1-247 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $580.
E. $1,830.
$1,230 BV + $580 FV = $1,810
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-248 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-249 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
72. Presented below are the financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company
as of December 31, 2012, immediately before Atwood acquired Franz. Also included are the
fair values for Franz Company's net assets at that date.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume a business combination took place at December 31, 2012. Atwood issued 50 shares
of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the outstanding common
shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct costs of $10 (in
thousands) were paid to effect this acquisition transaction. To settle a difference of opinion
regarding Franz's fair value, Atwood promises to pay an additional $5.2 (in thousands) to the
former owners if Franz's earnings exceed a certain sum during the next year. Given the
probability of the required contingency payment and utilizing a 4% discount rate, the expected
present value of the contingency is $5 (in thousands).
Compute consolidated land at date of acquisition.
A. $2,060.
B. $1,800.
C. $260.
1-250 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $2,050.
E. $2,070.
$1,800 BV + $250 FV = $2,050
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-251 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-252 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
73. Presented below are the financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company
as of December 31, 2012, immediately before Atwood acquired Franz. Also included are the
fair values for Franz Company's net assets at that date.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume a business combination took place at December 31, 2012. Atwood issued 50 shares
of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the outstanding common
shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct costs of $10 (in
thousands) were paid to effect this acquisition transaction. To settle a difference of opinion
regarding Franz's fair value, Atwood promises to pay an additional $5.2 (in thousands) to the
former owners if Franz's earnings exceed a certain sum during the next year. Given the
probability of the required contingency payment and utilizing a 4% discount rate, the expected
present value of the contingency is $5 (in thousands).
Compute consolidated buildings (net) at date of acquisition.
A. $2,450.
B. $2,340.
C. $1,800.
1-253 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $650.
E. $1,690.
$1,800 BV + $650 FV = $2,450
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-254 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-255 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
74. Presented below are the financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company
as of December 31, 2012, immediately before Atwood acquired Franz. Also included are the
fair values for Franz Company's net assets at that date.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume a business combination took place at December 31, 2012. Atwood issued 50 shares
of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the outstanding common
shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct costs of $10 (in
thousands) were paid to effect this acquisition transaction. To settle a difference of opinion
regarding Franz's fair value, Atwood promises to pay an additional $5.2 (in thousands) to the
former owners if Franz's earnings exceed a certain sum during the next year. Given the
probability of the required contingency payment and utilizing a 4% discount rate, the expected
present value of the contingency is $5 (in thousands).
Compute consolidated goodwill at date of acquisition.
A. $440.
B. $442.
C. $450.
1-256 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $455.
E. $452.
$35 FV × 50 shares = $1,750 - ($1,300 - $5 Contingency) = $455
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-257 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-258 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
75. Presented below are the financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company
as of December 31, 2012, immediately before Atwood acquired Franz. Also included are the
fair values for Franz Company's net assets at that date.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume a business combination took place at December 31, 2012. Atwood issued 50 shares
of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the outstanding common
shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct costs of $10 (in
thousands) were paid to effect this acquisition transaction. To settle a difference of opinion
regarding Franz's fair value, Atwood promises to pay an additional $5.2 (in thousands) to the
former owners if Franz's earnings exceed a certain sum during the next year. Given the
probability of the required contingency payment and utilizing a 4% discount rate, the expected
present value of the contingency is $5 (in thousands).
Compute consolidated equipment at date of acquisition.
A. $400.
B. $660.
C. $1,060.
1-259 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $1,040.
E. $1,050.
$660 + $400 = $1,060
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-260 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-261 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
76. Presented below are the financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company
as of December 31, 2012, immediately before Atwood acquired Franz. Also included are the
fair values for Franz Company's net assets at that date.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume a business combination took place at December 31, 2012. Atwood issued 50 shares
of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the outstanding common
shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct costs of $10 (in
thousands) were paid to effect this acquisition transaction. To settle a difference of opinion
regarding Franz's fair value, Atwood promises to pay an additional $5.2 (in thousands) to the
former owners if Franz's earnings exceed a certain sum during the next year. Given the
probability of the required contingency payment and utilizing a 4% discount rate, the expected
present value of the contingency is $5 (in thousands).
Compute consolidated retained earnings as a result of this acquisition.
A. $1,160.
B. $1,170.
C. $1,265.
1-262 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $1,280.
E. $1,650.
$1,170 + ($2,880 - $2760 - $10) = $1,280
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-263 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-264 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
77. Presented below are the financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company
as of December 31, 2012, immediately before Atwood acquired Franz. Also included are the
fair values for Franz Company's net assets at that date.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume a business combination took place at December 31, 2012. Atwood issued 50 shares
of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the outstanding common
shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct costs of $10 (in
thousands) were paid to effect this acquisition transaction. To settle a difference of opinion
regarding Franz's fair value, Atwood promises to pay an additional $5.2 (in thousands) to the
former owners if Franz's earnings exceed a certain sum during the next year. Given the
probability of the required contingency payment and utilizing a 4% discount rate, the expected
present value of the contingency is $5 (in thousands).
Compute consolidated revenues at date of acquisition.
A. $3,540.
B. $2,880.
C. $1,170.
1-265 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $1,650.
E. $4,050.
$2,880 Revenues of the Parent Only
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-266 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-267 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
78. Presented below are the financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company
as of December 31, 2012, immediately before Atwood acquired Franz. Also included are the
fair values for Franz Company's net assets at that date.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume a business combination took place at December 31, 2012. Atwood issued 50 shares
of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the outstanding common
shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct costs of $10 (in
thousands) were paid to effect this acquisition transaction. To settle a difference of opinion
regarding Franz's fair value, Atwood promises to pay an additional $5.2 (in thousands) to the
former owners if Franz's earnings exceed a certain sum during the next year. Given the
probability of the required contingency payment and utilizing a 4% discount rate, the expected
present value of the contingency is $5 (in thousands).
Compute consolidated expenses at date of acquisition.
A. $2,735.
B. $2,760.
C. $2,770.
1-268 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $2,785.
E. $3,380.
$2,760 + $10 = $2,770
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-269 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-270 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
79. Presented below are the financial balances for the Atwood Company and the Franz Company
as of December 31, 2012, immediately before Atwood acquired Franz. Also included are the
fair values for Franz Company's net assets at that date.
Note: Parenthesis indicate a credit balance
Assume a business combination took place at December 31, 2012. Atwood issued 50 shares
of its common stock with a fair value of $35 per share for all of the outstanding common
shares of Franz. Stock issuance costs of $15 (in thousands) and direct costs of $10 (in
thousands) were paid to effect this acquisition transaction. To settle a difference of opinion
regarding Franz's fair value, Atwood promises to pay an additional $5.2 (in thousands) to the
former owners if Franz's earnings exceed a certain sum during the next year. Given the
probability of the required contingency payment and utilizing a 4% discount rate, the expected
present value of the contingency is $5 (in thousands).
Compute the consolidated cash upon completion of the acquisition.
A. $1,350.
B. $1,110.
C. $1,080.
1-271 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $1,085.
E. $635.
$870 + $240 - $15 - $10 = $1,085
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-272 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
80. Flynn acquires 100 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Macek Company on January 1,
2013. To obtain these shares, Flynn pays $400 cash (in thousands) and issues 10,000 shares
of $20 par value common stock on this date. Flynn's stock had a fair value of $36 per share on
that date. Flynn also pays $15 (in thousands) to a local investment firm for arranging the
acquisition. An additional $10 (in thousands) was paid by Flynn in stock issuance costs.
The book values for both Flynn and Macek as of January 1, 2013 follow. The fair value of each
of Flynn and Macek accounts is also included. In addition, Macek holds a fully amortized
trademark that still retains a $40 (in thousands) value. The figures below are in thousands.
Any related question also is in thousands.
By how much will Flynn's additional paid-in capital increase as a result of this acquisition?
A. $150,000.
B. $160,000.
C. $230,000.
D. $350,000.
E. $360,000.
$16 × 10,000 = $160,000 - $10,000 = $150,000
1-273 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-274 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
81. Flynn acquires 100 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Macek Company on January 1,
2013. To obtain these shares, Flynn pays $400 cash (in thousands) and issues 10,000 shares
of $20 par value common stock on this date. Flynn's stock had a fair value of $36 per share on
that date. Flynn also pays $15 (in thousands) to a local investment firm for arranging the
acquisition. An additional $10 (in thousands) was paid by Flynn in stock issuance costs.
The book values for both Flynn and Macek as of January 1, 2013 follow. The fair value of each
of Flynn and Macek accounts is also included. In addition, Macek holds a fully amortized
trademark that still retains a $40 (in thousands) value. The figures below are in thousands.
Any related question also is in thousands.
What amount will be reported for goodwill as a result of this acquisition?
A. $30,000.
B. $55,000.
C. $65,000.
D. $175,000.
E. $200,000.
$400,000 + ($36 × 10,000shares) = $760,000 Consideration
Net Assets at FV = $665,000 + $40,000 Trademark = $705,000
$760,000 - $705,000 = $55,000 Goodwill
1-275 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-276 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
82. Flynn acquires 100 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Macek Company on January 1,
2013. To obtain these shares, Flynn pays $400 cash (in thousands) and issues 10,000 shares
of $20 par value common stock on this date. Flynn's stock had a fair value of $36 per share on
that date. Flynn also pays $15 (in thousands) to a local investment firm for arranging the
acquisition. An additional $10 (in thousands) was paid by Flynn in stock issuance costs.
The book values for both Flynn and Macek as of January 1, 2013 follow. The fair value of each
of Flynn and Macek accounts is also included. In addition, Macek holds a fully amortized
trademark that still retains a $40 (in thousands) value. The figures below are in thousands.
Any related question also is in thousands.
What amount will be reported for consolidated receivables?
A. $660,000.
B. $640,000.
C. $500,000.
D. $460,000.
E. $480,000.
$480,000 + $160,000 = $640,000
1-277 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-278 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
83. Flynn acquires 100 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Macek Company on January 1,
2013. To obtain these shares, Flynn pays $400 cash (in thousands) and issues 10,000 shares
of $20 par value common stock on this date. Flynn's stock had a fair value of $36 per share on
that date. Flynn also pays $15 (in thousands) to a local investment firm for arranging the
acquisition. An additional $10 (in thousands) was paid by Flynn in stock issuance costs.
The book values for both Flynn and Macek as of January 1, 2013 follow. The fair value of each
of Flynn and Macek accounts is also included. In addition, Macek holds a fully amortized
trademark that still retains a $40 (in thousands) value. The figures below are in thousands.
Any related question also is in thousands.
What amount will be reported for consolidated inventory?
A. $1,000,000.
B. $960,000.
C. $920,000.
D. $660,000.
E. $620,000.
$660,000 + $300,000 = $960,000
1-279 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-280 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
84. Flynn acquires 100 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Macek Company on January 1,
2013. To obtain these shares, Flynn pays $400 cash (in thousands) and issues 10,000 shares
of $20 par value common stock on this date. Flynn's stock had a fair value of $36 per share on
that date. Flynn also pays $15 (in thousands) to a local investment firm for arranging the
acquisition. An additional $10 (in thousands) was paid by Flynn in stock issuance costs.
The book values for both Flynn and Macek as of January 1, 2013 follow. The fair value of each
of Flynn and Macek accounts is also included. In addition, Macek holds a fully amortized
trademark that still retains a $40 (in thousands) value. The figures below are in thousands.
Any related question also is in thousands.
What amount will be reported for consolidated buildings (net)?
A. $1,420,000.
B. $1,260,000.
C. $1,140,000.
D. $1,480,000.
E. $1,200,000.
$1,200,000 + $280,000 = $1,480,000
1-281 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-282 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
85. Flynn acquires 100 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Macek Company on January 1,
2013. To obtain these shares, Flynn pays $400 cash (in thousands) and issues 10,000 shares
of $20 par value common stock on this date. Flynn's stock had a fair value of $36 per share on
that date. Flynn also pays $15 (in thousands) to a local investment firm for arranging the
acquisition. An additional $10 (in thousands) was paid by Flynn in stock issuance costs.
The book values for both Flynn and Macek as of January 1, 2013 follow. The fair value of each
of Flynn and Macek accounts is also included. In addition, Macek holds a fully amortized
trademark that still retains a $40 (in thousands) value. The figures below are in thousands.
Any related question also is in thousands.
What amount will be reported for consolidated equipment (net)?
A. $385,000.
B. $335,000.
C. $435,000.
D. $460,000.
E. $360,000.
$360,000 + $75,000 = $435,000
1-283 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-284 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
86. Flynn acquires 100 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Macek Company on January 1,
2013. To obtain these shares, Flynn pays $400 cash (in thousands) and issues 10,000 shares
of $20 par value common stock on this date. Flynn's stock had a fair value of $36 per share on
that date. Flynn also pays $15 (in thousands) to a local investment firm for arranging the
acquisition. An additional $10 (in thousands) was paid by Flynn in stock issuance costs.
The book values for both Flynn and Macek as of January 1, 2013 follow. The fair value of each
of Flynn and Macek accounts is also included. In addition, Macek holds a fully amortized
trademark that still retains a $40 (in thousands) value. The figures below are in thousands.
Any related question also is in thousands.
What amount will be reported for consolidated long-term liabilities?
A. $1,520,000.
B. $1,480,000.
C. $1,440,000.
D. $1,180,000.
E. $1,100,000.
$1,140,000 + $300,000 = $1,440,000
1-285 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-286 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
87. Flynn acquires 100 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Macek Company on January 1,
2013. To obtain these shares, Flynn pays $400 cash (in thousands) and issues 10,000 shares
of $20 par value common stock on this date. Flynn's stock had a fair value of $36 per share on
that date. Flynn also pays $15 (in thousands) to a local investment firm for arranging the
acquisition. An additional $10 (in thousands) was paid by Flynn in stock issuance costs.
The book values for both Flynn and Macek as of January 1, 2013 follow. The fair value of each
of Flynn and Macek accounts is also included. In addition, Macek holds a fully amortized
trademark that still retains a $40 (in thousands) value. The figures below are in thousands.
Any related question also is in thousands.
What amount will be reported for consolidated common stock?
A. $1,000,000.
B. $1,080,000.
C. $1,200,000.
D. $1,280,000.
E. $1,360,000.
$1,000,000 + ($20 × 10,000 shares) = $1,200,000
1-287 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-288 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
88. Flynn acquires 100 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Macek Company on January 1,
2013. To obtain these shares, Flynn pays $400 cash (in thousands) and issues 10,000 shares
of $20 par value common stock on this date. Flynn's stock had a fair value of $36 per share on
that date. Flynn also pays $15 (in thousands) to a local investment firm for arranging the
acquisition. An additional $10 (in thousands) was paid by Flynn in stock issuance costs.
The book values for both Flynn and Macek as of January 1, 2013 follow. The fair value of each
of Flynn and Macek accounts is also included. In addition, Macek holds a fully amortized
trademark that still retains a $40 (in thousands) value. The figures below are in thousands.
Any related question also is in thousands.
Assuming the combination is accounted for as a purchase, what amount will be reported for
consolidated retained earnings?
A. $1,830,000.
B. $1,350,000.
C. $1,080,000.
D. $1,560,000.
E. $1,535,000.
$1,080,000 R/E of the Parent Only
1-289 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-09 Appendix: Identify the general characteristics of the legacy purchase and pooling of interest methods
of accounting for past business combinations. Understand the effects that persist today in financial statements from the use of
these legacy methods.
1-290 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
89. Flynn acquires 100 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Macek Company on January 1,
2013. To obtain these shares, Flynn pays $400 cash (in thousands) and issues 10,000 shares
of $20 par value common stock on this date. Flynn's stock had a fair value of $36 per share on
that date. Flynn also pays $15 (in thousands) to a local investment firm for arranging the
acquisition. An additional $10 (in thousands) was paid by Flynn in stock issuance costs.
The book values for both Flynn and Macek as of January 1, 2013 follow. The fair value of each
of Flynn and Macek accounts is also included. In addition, Macek holds a fully amortized
trademark that still retains a $40 (in thousands) value. The figures below are in thousands.
Any related question also is in thousands.
What amount will be reported for consolidated retained earnings?
A. $1,065,000.
B. $1,080,000.
C. $1,525,000.
D. $1,535,000.
E. $1,560,000.
$1,080,000 - $15,000 = $1,065,000
1-291 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-292 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
90. Flynn acquires 100 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Macek Company on January 1,
2013. To obtain these shares, Flynn pays $400 cash (in thousands) and issues 10,000 shares
of $20 par value common stock on this date. Flynn's stock had a fair value of $36 per share on
that date. Flynn also pays $15 (in thousands) to a local investment firm for arranging the
acquisition. An additional $10 (in thousands) was paid by Flynn in stock issuance costs.
The book values for both Flynn and Macek as of January 1, 2013 follow. The fair value of each
of Flynn and Macek accounts is also included. In addition, Macek holds a fully amortized
trademark that still retains a $40 (in thousands) value. The figures below are in thousands.
Any related question also is in thousands.
What amount will be reported for consolidated additional paid-in capital?
A. $365,000.
B. $350,000.
C. $360,000.
D. $375,000.
E. $345,000.
$200,000 + ($16 × 10,000 shares) - $10,000 = $350,000
1-293 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-294 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
91. Flynn acquires 100 percent of the outstanding voting shares of Macek Company on January 1,
2013. To obtain these shares, Flynn pays $400 cash (in thousands) and issues 10,000 shares
of $20 par value common stock on this date. Flynn's stock had a fair value of $36 per share on
that date. Flynn also pays $15 (in thousands) to a local investment firm for arranging the
acquisition. An additional $10 (in thousands) was paid by Flynn in stock issuance costs.
The book values for both Flynn and Macek as of January 1, 2013 follow. The fair value of each
of Flynn and Macek accounts is also included. In addition, Macek holds a fully amortized
trademark that still retains a $40 (in thousands) value. The figures below are in thousands.
Any related question also is in thousands.
What amount will be reported for consolidated cash after the acquisition is completed?
A. $475,000.
B. $500,000.
C. $555,000.
D. $580,000.
E. $875,000.
$900,000 + $80,000 - $400,000 - $15,000 - $10,000 = $555,000
1-295 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
Essay Questions
92. What term is used to refer to a business combination in which only one of the original
companies continues to exist?
The appropriate term is statutory merger.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-03 Define the term business combination and differentiate across various forms of business
combinations.
1-296 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
93. How are stock issuance costs accounted for in an acquisition business combination?
Stock issuance costs reduce the balance in the acquirer's Additional Paid-In Capital in an
acquisition business combination.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-297 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
94. What is the primary difference between recording an acquisition when the subsidiary is
dissolved and when separate incorporation is maintained?
When the subsidiary is dissolved, the acquirer records in its books the fair value of individual
assets and liabilities acquired as well as the resulting goodwill from the acquisition. However,
when separate incorporation is maintained, the acquirer only records the total fair value of
assets and liabilities acquired, as well as the resulting goodwill, in one account as an
investment.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-298 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
95. How are direct combination costs accounted for in an acquisition transaction?
In an acquisition, direct combination costs are expensed in the period of the acquisition.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
96. Peterman Co. owns 55% of Samson Co. Under what circumstances would Peterman not be
required to prepare consolidated financial statements?
Peterman would not be required to prepare consolidated financial statements if control of
Samson is temporary or if, despite majority ownership, Peterman does not have control over
Samson. A lack of control might exist if Samson is in a country that imposes restrictions on
Peterman's actions.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-02 Recognize when consolidation of financial information into a single set of statements is necessary.
Learning Objective: 02-03 Define the term business combination and differentiate across various forms of business
combinations.
1-299 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
97. How would you account for in-process research and development acquired in a business
combination accounted for as an acquisition?
In-Process Research and Development is capitalized as an asset of the combination and
reported as intangible assets with indefinite lives subject to impairment reviews.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-08 Describe the two criteria for recognizing intangible assets apart from goodwill in a business
combination.
98. Elon Corp. obtained all of the common stock of Finley Co., paying slightly less than the fair
value of Finley's net assets acquired. How should the difference between the consideration
transferred and the fair value of the net assets be treated if the transaction is accounted for as
an acquisition?
The difference between the consideration transferred and the fair value of the net assets
acquired is recognized as a gain on bargain purchase.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
1-300 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
99. For acquisition accounting, why are assets and liabilities of the subsidiary consolidated at fair
value?
The acquisition transaction is assumed to occur through an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date of the acquisition. Thus identified assets and
liabilities acquired have been assigned fair value for the transfer to the acquirer and this is a
relevant and faithful representation for consolidation.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
1-301 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
100. Goodwill is often acquired as part of a business combination. Why, when separate
incorporation is maintained, does Goodwill not appear on the Parent company's trial balance
as a separate account?
While the Goodwill does not appear on the Parent company's books, it is implied as part of the
account called Investment in Subsidiary. During the consolidation process, the Investment
account is broken down into its component parts. Goodwill, along with other items such as
subsidiary fair value adjustments, is then shown separately as part of the consolidated
financial statement balances.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-08 Describe the two criteria for recognizing intangible assets apart from goodwill in a business
combination.
1-302 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
101. How are direct combination costs, contingent consideration, and a bargain purchase reflected
in recording an acquisition transaction?
The acquisition method embraces a fair value concept as measured by the fair value of
consideration transferred. (1) Direct combination costs are expensed as incurred; (2)
Contingent consideration obligations are recognized at their present value of the potential
obligation as part of the acquisition consideration transferred; (3) When a bargain purchase
occurs, the acquirer measures and recognizes the fair values of each of the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed at the date of the combination, and as a result a gain on the bargain
purchase is recognized at the acquisition date.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-303 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
102. How is contingent consideration accounted for in an acquisition business combination
transaction?
The fair value approach of the acquisition method views contingent payments as part of the
consideration transferred. Under this view, contingencies have a value to those who receive
the consideration and represent measurable obligations of the acquirer. The amount of the
contingent consideration is measured as the expected present value of a potential payment
and increases the investment value recorded.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
103. How are bargain purchases accounted for in an acquisition business transaction?
A bargain purchase results when the collective fair values of the net identified assets acquired
and liabilities assumed exceed the fair value of consideration transferred. The assets and
liabilities acquired are recorded at their fair values and the bargain purchase is recorded as a
Gain on Bargain Purchase.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
1-304 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
104. Describe the accounting for direct costs, indirect costs, and issuance costs under the
acquisition method of accounting for a business combination.
Direct and indirect combination costs are expensed and issuance costs reduce the otherwise
fair value of the consideration issued under the acquisition method of accounting for business
combinations.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-305 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
105. What is the difference in consolidated results between a business combination whereby the
acquired company is dissolved, and a business combination whereby separate incorporation
is maintained?
There is no difference in consolidated results.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-306 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
106. Bale Co. acquired Silo Inc. on December 31, 2013, in an acquisition business combination
transaction. Bale's net income for the year was $1,400,000, while Silo had net income of
$400,000 earned evenly during the year. Bale paid $100,000 in direct combination costs,
$50,000 in indirect costs, and $30,000 in stock issue costs to effect the combination.
Required:
What is consolidated net income for 2013?
Note: Silo's net income does not affect consolidated net income until after the date of
acquisition. The combination costs belong to Bale only.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-307 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
107. Fine Co. issued its common stock in exchange for the common stock of Dandy Corp. in an
acquisition. At the date of the combination, Fine had land with a book value of $480,000 and a
fair value of $620,000. Dandy had land with a book value of $170,000 and a fair value of
$190,000.
Required:
What was the consolidated balance for Land in a consolidated balance sheet prepared at the
date of the acquisition combination?
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-308 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
108. Jernigan Corp. had the following account balances at 12/1/12:
Several of Jernigan's accounts have fair values that differ from book value. The fair values are:
Land — $480,000; Building — $720,000; Inventory — $336,000; and Liabilities — $396,000.
Inglewood Inc. acquired all of the outstanding common shares of Jernigan by issuing 20,000
shares of common stock having a $6 par value, but a $66 fair value. Stock issuance costs
amounted to $12,000.
Required:
Prepare a fair value allocation and goodwill schedule at the date of the acquisition.
1-309 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-310 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
109. Salem Co. had the following account balances as of December 1, 2012:
Bellington Inc. transferred $1.7 million in cash and 12,000 shares of its newly issued $30 par
value common stock (valued at $90 per share) to acquire all of Salem's outstanding common
stock.
Determine the balance for Goodwill that would be included in a December 1, 2012,
consolidation.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-311 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
110. Salem Co. had the following account balances as of December 1, 2012:
Bellington Inc. transferred $1.7 million in cash and 12,000 shares of its newly issued $30 par
value common stock (valued at $90 per share) to acquire all of Salem's outstanding common
stock.
Assume that Bellington paid cash of $2.8 million. No stock is issued. An additional $50,000 is
paid in direct combination costs.
Required:
For Goodwill, determine what balance would be included in a December 1, 2012
consolidation.
1-312 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-313 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
111. On January 1, 2013, Chester Inc. acquired 100% of Festus Corp.'s outstanding common stock
by exchanging 37,500 shares of Chester's $2 par value common voting stock. On January 1,
2013, Chester's voting common stock had a fair value of $40 per share. Festus' voting
common shares were selling for $6.50 per share. Festus' balances on the acquisition date, just
prior to acquisition are listed below.
Required:
Compute the value of the Goodwill account on the date of acquisition, 1/1/15.
1-314 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-315 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-316 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
112. The financial statements for Jode Inc. and Lakely Corp., just prior to their combination, for the
year ending December 31, 2012, follow. Lakely's buildings were undervalued on its financial
records by $60,000.
On December 31, 2012, Jode issued 54,000 new shares of its $10 par value stock in
exchange for all the outstanding shares of Lakely. Jode's shares had a fair value on that date
of $35 per share. Jode paid $34,000 to an investment bank for assisting in the arrangements.
Jode also paid $24,000 in stock issuance costs to effect the acquisition of Lakely. Lakely will
retain its incorporation.
Prepare the journal entries to record (1) the issuance of stock by Jode and (2) the payment of
the combination costs.
Entry One - To record the issuance of common stock by Jode to execute the purchase.
Entry Two - To record the combination costs.
1-317 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-318 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
113. The financial statements for Jode Inc. and Lakely Corp., just prior to their combination, for the
year ending December 31, 2012, follow. Lakely's buildings were undervalued on its financial
records by $60,000.
On December 31, 2012, Jode issued 54,000 new shares of its $10 par value stock in
exchange for all the outstanding shares of Lakely. Jode's shares had a fair value on that date
of $35 per share. Jode paid $34,000 to an investment bank for assisting in the arrangements.
Jode also paid $24,000 in stock issuance costs to effect the acquisition of Lakely. Lakely will
retain its incorporation.
Required:
Determine consolidated net income for the year ended December 31, 2012.
1-319 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-320 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
114. The financial statements for Jode Inc. and Lakely Corp., just prior to their combination, for the
year ending December 31, 2012, follow. Lakely's buildings were undervalued on its financial
records by $60,000.
On December 31, 2012, Jode issued 54,000 new shares of its $10 par value stock in
exchange for all the outstanding shares of Lakely. Jode's shares had a fair value on that date
of $35 per share. Jode paid $34,000 to an investment bank for assisting in the arrangements.
Jode also paid $24,000 in stock issuance costs to effect the acquisition of Lakely. Lakely will
retain its incorporation.
Determine consolidated Additional paid-in Capital at December 31, 2012.
1-321 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-322 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-323 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
115. The following are preliminary financial statements for Black Co. and Blue Co. for the year
ending December 31, 2013.
On December 31, 2013 (subsequent to the preceding statements), Black exchanged 10,000
shares of its $10 par value common stock for all of the outstanding shares of Blue. Black's
stock on that date has a fair value of $50 per share. Black was willing to issue 10,000 shares
of stock because Blue's land was appraised at $204,000. Black also paid $14,000 to several
attorneys and accountants who assisted in creating this combination.
Required:
Assuming that these two companies retained their separate legal identities, prepare a
consolidation worksheet as of December 31, 2013.
Bargain Purchase Acquisition Consolidation Worksheet
1-324 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-325 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-326 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-327 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
116. The following are preliminary financial statements for Black Co. and Blue Co. for the year
ending December 31, 2013 prior to Black's acquisition of Blue.
On December 31, 2013 (subsequent to the preceding statements), Black exchanged 10,000
shares of its $10 par value common stock for all of the outstanding shares of Blue. Black's
stock on that date has a fair value of $60 per share. Black was willing to issue 10,000 shares
of stock because Blue's land was appraised at $204,000. Black also paid $14,000 to several
attorneys and accountants who assisted in creating this combination.
Required:
Assuming that these two companies retained their separate legal identities, prepare a
consolidation worksheet as of December 31, 2013 after the acquisition transaction is
completed.
Acquisition Consolidation Worksheet
1-328 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-329 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-07 Prepare a worksheet to consolidate the accounts of two companies that form a business
combination if dissolution does not take place.
1-330 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
117. For each of the following situations, select the best letter answer to reflect the effect of the
numbered item on the acquirer's accounting entry at the date of combination when separate
incorporation will be maintained. Items (4) and (6) require two selections.
(A) Increase Investment account.
(B) Decrease Investment account.
(C) Increase Liabilities.
(D) Increase Common stock.
(E) Decrease common stock.
(F) Increase Additional paid-in capital.
(G) Decrease Additional paid-in capital.
(H) Increase Retained earnings.
(I) Decrease Retained earnings.
_____1. Direct costs.
_____2. Indirect costs.
_____3. Stock issue costs.
_____4. Contingent consideration.
_____5. Bargain purchase.
_____6. In-process research and development acquired.
(1) I; (2) I; (3) G; (4) A, C; (5) H; (6) A, I
1-331 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 02-04 Describe the valuation principles of the acquisition method.
Learning Objective: 02-05 Determine the total fair value of the consideration transferred for an acquisition and allocate that fair
value to specific subsidiary assets acquired (including goodwill); and liabilities assumed; or a gain on bargain purchase.
Learning Objective: 02-06 Prepare the journal entry to consolidate the accounts of a subsidiary if dissolution takes place.
Chapter 03 Consolidations-Subsequent to the Date of Acquisition
Answer Key
Multiple Choice Questions
1-332 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1. Which one of the following accounts would not appear in the consolidated financial statements
at the end of the first fiscal period of the combination?
A. Goodwill.
B. Equipment.
C. Investment in Subsidiary.
D. Common Stock.
E. Additional Paid-In Capital.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
1-333 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Which of the following internal record-keeping methods can a parent choose to account for a
subsidiary acquired in a business combination?
A. initial value or book value.
B. initial value, lower-of-cost-or-market-value, or equity.
C. initial value, equity, or partial equity.
D. initial value, equity, or book value.
E. initial value, lower-of-cost-or-market-value, or partial equity.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
1-334 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Which one of the following varies between the equity, initial value, and partial equity methods
of accounting for an investment?
A. the amount of consolidated net income.
B. total assets on the consolidated balance sheet.
C. total liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.
D. the balance in the investment account on the parent's books.
E. the amount of consolidated cost of goods sold.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-335 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
4. Under the partial equity method, the parent recognizes income when
A. dividends are received from the investee.
B. dividends are declared by the investee.
C. the related expense has been incurred.
D. the related contract is signed by the subsidiary.
E. it is earned by the subsidiary.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
5. Push-down accounting is concerned with the
A. impact of the purchase on the subsidiary's financial statements.
B. recognition of goodwill by the parent.
C. correct consolidation of the financial statements.
D. impact of the purchase on the separate financial statements of the parent.
E. recognition of dividends received from the subsidiary.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-08 Understand in general the requirements of push-down accounting and when its use is appropriate.
1-336 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
6. Racer Corp. acquired all of the common stock of Tangiers Co. in 2011. Tangiers maintained
its incorporation. Which of Racer's account balances would vary between the equity method
and the initial value method?
A. Goodwill, Investment in Tangiers Co., and Retained Earnings.
B. Expenses, Investment in Tangiers Co., and Equity in Subsidiary Earnings.
C. Investment in Tangiers Co., Equity in Subsidiary Earnings, and Retained Earnings.
D. Common Stock, Goodwill, and Investment in Tangiers Co.
E. Expenses, Goodwill, and Investment in Tangiers Co.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 03-03a Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The equity method.
Learning Objective: 03-03b Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The intial value method.
1-337 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
7. How does the partial equity method differ from the equity method?
A. In the total assets reported on the consolidated balance sheet.
B. In the treatment of dividends.
C. In the total liabilities reported on the consolidated balance sheet.
D. Under the partial equity method, subsidiary income does not increase the balance in the
parent's investment account.
E. Under the partial equity method, the balance in the investment account is not decreased by
amortization on allocations made in the acquisition of the subsidiary.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
Learning Objective: 03-03a Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The equity method.
Learning Objective: 03-03c Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The partial equity method.
1-338 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
8. Jansen Inc. acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Merriam Co. on January 1, 2012,
for $257,000. Annual amortization of $19,000 resulted from this acquisition. Jansen reported
net income of $70,000 in 2012 and $50,000 in 2013 and paid $22,000 in dividends each year.
Merriam reported net income of $40,000 in 2012 and $47,000 in 2013 and paid $10,000 in
dividends each year. What is the Investment in Merriam Co. balance on Jansen's books as of
December 31, 2013, if the equity method has been applied?
A. $286,000.
B. $295,000.
C. $276,000.
D. $344,000.
E. $324,000.
$257,000 + $40,000 + $47,000 - $10,000 - $19,000 - $10,000 - $19,000 = $286,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
Learning Objective: 03-03a Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The equity method.
1-339 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
9. Velway Corp. acquired Joker Inc. on January 1, 2012. The parent paid more than the fair
value of the subsidiary's net assets. On that date, Velway had equipment with a book value of
$500,000 and a fair value of $640,000. Joker had equipment with a book value of $400,000
and a fair value of $470,000. Joker decided to use push-down accounting. Immediately after
the acquisition, what Equipment amount would appear on Joker's separate balance sheet and
on Velway's consolidated balance sheet, respectively?
A. $400,000 and $900,000
B. $400,000 and $970,000
C. $470,000 and $900,000
D. $470,000 and $970,000
E. $470,000 and $1,040,000
FV of EQ = $470,000 for Joker B/S; Consolidated B/S = BV of Parent EQ $500,000 + FV of
Sub EQ $470,000 = $970,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-08 Understand in general the requirements of push-down accounting and when its use is appropriate.
1-340 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
10. Parrett Corp. acquired one hundred percent of Jones Inc. on January 1, 2011, at a price in
excess of the subsidiary's fair value. On that date, Parrett's equipment (ten-year life) had a
book value of $360,000 but a fair value of $480,000. Jones had equipment (ten-year life) with
a book value of $240,000 and a fair value of $350,000. Parrett used the partial equity method
to record its investment in Jones. On December 31, 2013, Parrett had equipment with a book
value of $250,000 and a fair value of $400,000. Jones had equipment with a book value of
$170,000 and a fair value of $320,000. What is the consolidated balance for the Equipment
account as of December 31, 2013?
A. $387,000.
B. $497,000.
C. $508,000.
D. $537,000.
E. $570,000.
Excess of Sub's FV = $110,000 + Parent's BV $250,000 + Sub's BV $170,000 - Excess
Amortization ($11,000 × 3yrs) = $497,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 03-03c Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The partial equity method.
1-341 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
11. On January 1, 2012, Cale Corp. paid $1,020,000 to acquire Kaltop Co. Kaltop maintained
separate incorporation. Cale used the equity method to account for the investment. The
following information is available for Kaltop's assets, liabilities, and stockholders' equity
accounts on January 1, 2012:
Kaltop earned net income for 2012 of $126,000 and paid dividends of $48,000 during the year.
The 2012 total amortization of allocations is calculated to be
A. $4,000.
B. $6,400.
C. $(2,400).
D. $(1,000).
E. $3,800.
Building = FV $268,000 - BV $240,000 = $28,000/20 yrs = $1,400 Equipment = FV $516,000 -
BV $540,000 = ($24,000)/10 yrs = ($2,400)
($2,400) + $1,400 = ($1,000)
1-342 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
Learning Objective: 03-03a Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The equity method.
1-343 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
12. On January 1, 2012, Cale Corp. paid $1,020,000 to acquire Kaltop Co. Kaltop maintained
separate incorporation. Cale used the equity method to account for the investment. The
following information is available for Kaltop's assets, liabilities, and stockholders' equity
accounts on January 1, 2012:
Kaltop earned net income for 2012 of $126,000 and paid dividends of $48,000 during the year.
In Cale's accounting records, what amount would appear on December 31, 2012 for equity in
subsidiary earnings?
A. $77,000.
B. $79,000.
C. $125,000.
D. $127,000.
E. $81,800.
$126,000 + $1,000 = $127,000
1-344 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
Learning Objective: 03-03a Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The equity method.
1-345 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
13. On January 1, 2012, Cale Corp. paid $1,020,000 to acquire Kaltop Co. Kaltop maintained
separate incorporation. Cale used the equity method to account for the investment. The
following information is available for Kaltop's assets, liabilities, and stockholders' equity
accounts on January 1, 2012:
Kaltop earned net income for 2012 of $126,000 and paid dividends of $48,000 during the year.
What is the balance in Cale's investment in subsidiary account at the end of 2012?
A. $1,099,000.
B. $1,020,000.
C. $1,096,200.
D. $1,098,000.
E. $1,144,400.
$1,020,000 + ($126,000 + $1,000) - $48,000 = $1,099,000
1-346 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
Learning Objective: 03-03a Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The equity method.
1-347 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
14. On January 1, 2012, Cale Corp. paid $1,020,000 to acquire Kaltop Co. Kaltop maintained
separate incorporation. Cale used the equity method to account for the investment. The
following information is available for Kaltop's assets, liabilities, and stockholders' equity
accounts on January 1, 2012:
Kaltop earned net income for 2012 of $126,000 and paid dividends of $48,000 during the year.
At the end of 2012, the consolidation entry to eliminate Cale's accrual of Kaltop's earnings
would include a credit to Investment in Kaltop Co. for
A. $124,400.
B. $126,000.
C. $127,000.
D. $76,400.
E. $0.
$126,000 + $1,000 = $127,000
1-348 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-03a Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The equity method.
1-349 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
15. On January 1, 2012, Cale Corp. paid $1,020,000 to acquire Kaltop Co. Kaltop maintained
separate incorporation. Cale used the equity method to account for the investment. The
following information is available for Kaltop's assets, liabilities, and stockholders' equity
accounts on January 1, 2012:
Kaltop earned net income for 2012 of $126,000 and paid dividends of $48,000 during the year.
If Cale Corp. had net income of $444,000 in 2012, exclusive of the investment, what is the
amount of consolidated net income?
A. $569,000.
B. $570,000.
C. $571,000.
D. $566,400.
E. $444,000.
$444,000 + ($126,000 + $1,000) = $571,000
1-350 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-03a Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The equity method.
1-351 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
16. On January 1, 2012, Franel Co. acquired all of the common stock of Hurlem Corp. For 2012,
Hurlem earned net income of $360,000 and paid dividends of $190,000. Amortization of the
patent allocation that was included in the acquisition was $6,000.
How much difference would there have been in Franel's income with regard to the effect of the
investment, between using the equity method or using the initial value method of internal
recordkeeping?
A. $190,000.
B. $360,000.
C. $164,000.
D. $354,000.
E. $150,000.
Initial Value Method = $0 Recognized from Sub Income (only dividend income) Equity Method
= $360,000 - $6,000 - $190,000 = $164,000 Sub Income Added in Consolidation $164,000 -
$0 = $164,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
Learning Objective: 03-03a Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The equity method.
Learning Objective: 03-03b Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The intial value method.
1-352 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
17. On January 1, 2012, Franel Co. acquired all of the common stock of Hurlem Corp. For 2012,
Hurlem earned net income of $360,000 and paid dividends of $190,000. Amortization of the
patent allocation that was included in the acquisition was $6,000.
How much difference would there have been in Franel's income with regard to the effect of the
investment, between using the equity method or using the partial equity method of internal
recordkeeping?
A. $170,000.
B. $354,000.
C. $164,000.
D. $6,000.
E. $174,000.
Equity Method = $360,000 - $6,000 - $190,000 = $164,000 Added in Consolidation - Partial
Equity Method = $360,000 - $190,000 = $170,000 Added in Consolidation $170,000 -
$164,000 = $6,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
Learning Objective: 03-03a Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The equity method.
Learning Objective: 03-03c Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The partial equity method.
1-353 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
18. Cashen Co. paid $2,400,000 to acquire all of the common stock of Janex Corp. on January 1,
2012. Janex's reported earnings for 2012 totaled $432,000, and it paid $120,000 in dividends
during the year. The amortization of allocations related to the investment was $24,000.
Cashen's net income, not including the investment, was $3,180,000, and it paid dividends of
$900,000.
On the consolidated financial statements for 2012, what amount should have been shown for
Equity in Subsidiary Earnings?
A. $432,000.
B. $-0-
C. $408,000.
D. $120,000.
E. $288,000.
$0; (Income is eliminated from the investment account)
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-354 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
19. Cashen Co. paid $2,400,000 to acquire all of the common stock of Janex Corp. on January 1,
2012. Janex's reported earnings for 2012 totaled $432,000, and it paid $120,000 in dividends
during the year. The amortization of allocations related to the investment was $24,000.
Cashen's net income, not including the investment, was $3,180,000, and it paid dividends of
$900,000.
On the consolidated financial statements for 2012, what amount should have been shown for
consolidated dividends?
A. $900,000.
B. $1,020,000.
C. $876,000.
D. $996,000.
E. $948,000.
$900,000 Parent's Dividends Only
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-355 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
20. Cashen Co. paid $2,400,000 to acquire all of the common stock of Janex Corp. on January 1,
2012. Janex's reported earnings for 2012 totaled $432,000, and it paid $120,000 in dividends
during the year. The amortization of allocations related to the investment was $24,000.
Cashen's net income, not including the investment, was $3,180,000, and it paid dividends of
$900,000.
What is the amount of consolidated net income for the year 2012?
A. $3,180,000.
B. $3,612,000.
C. $3,300,000.
D. $3,588,000.
E. $3,420,000.
Parent Income $3,180,000 + Sub Income $432,000 - Amortization Allocations $24,000 =
Consolidated Net Income $3,588,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-356 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
21. Jans Inc. acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Tysk Corp. on January 1, 2011, for
$372,000. Equipment with a ten-year life was undervalued on Tysk's financial records by
$46,000. Tysk also owned an unrecorded customer list with an assessed fair value of $67,000
and an estimated remaining life of five years.
Tysk earned reported net income of $180,000 in 2011 and $216,000 in 2012. Dividends of
$70,000 were paid in each of these two years. Selected account balances as of December 31,
2013, for the two companies follow.
If the partial equity method had been applied, what was 2013 consolidated net income?
A. $840,000.
B. $768,400.
C. $822,000.
D. $240,000.
E. $600,000.
Parent $1,080,000 - $480,000 = $600,000; Sub $840,000 - $600,000 = $240,000 $600,000 +
$240,000 = $840,000 - ($46,000/10) - ($67,000/5) = $822,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 03-03c Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The partial equity method.
1-357 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
22. Jans Inc. acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Tysk Corp. on January 1, 2011, for
$372,000. Equipment with a ten-year life was undervalued on Tysk's financial records by
$46,000. Tysk also owned an unrecorded customer list with an assessed fair value of $67,000
and an estimated remaining life of five years.
Tysk earned reported net income of $180,000 in 2011 and $216,000 in 2012. Dividends of
$70,000 were paid in each of these two years. Selected account balances as of December 31,
2013, for the two companies follow.
If the equity method had been applied, what would be the Investment in Tysk Corp. account
balance within the records of Jans at the end of 2013?
A. $612,100.
B. $744,000.
C. $774,150.
D. $372,000.
E. $844,150.
Initial Investment $372,000
2011 Entries: $180,000 - $70,000 - $18,000 = $92,000
2012 Entries: $216,000 - $70,000 - $18,000 = $128,000
2013 Entries: $240,000 - $70,000 - $18,000 = $152,000
$372,000 + $92,000 + $128,000 + $152,000 = $744,000
1-358 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
Learning Objective: 03-03a Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The equity method.
1-359 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
23. Red Co. acquired 100% of Green, Inc. on January 1, 2012. On that date, Green had inventory
with a book value of $42,000 and a fair value of $52,000. This inventory had not yet been sold
at December 31, 2012. Also, on the date of acquisition, Green had a building with a book
value of $200,000 and a fair value of $390,000. Green had equipment with a book value of
$350,000 and a fair value of $280,000. The building had a 10-year remaining useful life and
the equipment had a 5-year remaining useful life. How much total expense will be in the
consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 related to the
acquisition allocations of Green?
A. $43,000.
B. $33,000.
C. $5,000.
D. $15,000.
E. 0.
Inventory Adjustment $10,000 + Building Adjustment ($190,000/10) $19,000 + Equipment
Adjustment ([$70,000]/5) [$14,000] = $15,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-360 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
24. All of the following are acceptable methods to account for a majority-owned investment in
subsidiary except
A. The equity method.
B. The initial value method.
C. The partial equity method.
D. The fair-value method.
E. Book value method.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
1-361 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
25. Under the equity method of accounting for an investment,
A. The investment account remains at initial value.
B. Dividends received are recorded as revenue.
C. Goodwill is amortized over 20 years.
D. Income reported by the subsidiary increases the investment account.
E. Dividends received increase the investment account.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
1-362 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
26. Under the partial equity method of accounting for an investment,
A. The investment account remains at initial value.
B. Dividends received are recorded as revenue.
C. The allocations for excess fair value allocations over book value of net assets at date of
acquisition are applied over their useful lives to reduce the investment account.
D. Amortization of the excess of fair value allocations over book value is ignored in regard to
the investment account.
E. Dividends received increase the investment account.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
1-363 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
27. Under the initial value method, when accounting for an investment in a subsidiary,
A. Dividends received by the subsidiary decrease the investment account.
B. The investment account is adjusted to fair value at year-end.
C. Income reported by the subsidiary increases the investment account.
D. The investment account remains at initial value.
E. Dividends received are ignored.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
1-364 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
28. According to GAAP regarding amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets, which of
the following statements is true?
A. Goodwill recognized in consolidation must be amortized over 20 years.
B. Goodwill recognized in consolidation must be expensed in the period of acquisition.
C. Goodwill recognized in consolidation will not be amortized but subject to an annual test for
impairment.
D. Goodwill recognized in consolidation can never be written off.
E. Goodwill recognized in consolidation must be amortized over 40 years.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-05 Discuss the rationale for the goodwill impairment testing approach.
1-365 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
29. When a company applies the initial method in accounting for its investment in a subsidiary and
the subsidiary reports income in excess of dividends paid, what entry would be made for a
consolidation worksheet?
A. A above
B. B above
C. C above
D. D above
E. E above
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Analyze
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-03b Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The intial value method.
1-366 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
30. When a company applies the initial value method in accounting for its investment in a
subsidiary and the subsidiary reports income less than dividends paid, what entry would be
made for a consolidation worksheet?
A. A above
B. B above
C. C above
D. D above
E. E above
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Analyze
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-03b Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The intial value method.
1-367 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
31. When a company applies the partial equity method in accounting for its investment in a
subsidiary and the subsidiary's equipment has a fair value greater than its book value, what
consolidation worksheet entry is made in a year subsequent to the initial acquisition of the
subsidiary?
A. A above
B. B above
C. C above
D. D above
E. E above
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Analyze
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-03c Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The partial equity method.
1-368 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
32. When a company applies the partial equity method in accounting for its investment in a
subsidiary and initial value, book values, and fair values of net assets acquired are all equal,
what consolidation worksheet entry would be made?
A. A above
B. B above
C. C above
D. D above
E. E above
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Analyze
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-03c Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The partial equity method.
1-369 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
33. When consolidating a subsidiary under the equity method, which of the following statements is
true?
A. Goodwill is never recognized.
B. Goodwill required is amortized over 20 years.
C. Goodwill may be recorded on the parent company's books.
D. The value of any goodwill should be tested annually for impairment in value.
E. Goodwill should be expensed in the year of acquisition.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-05 Discuss the rationale for the goodwill impairment testing approach.
1-370 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
34. When consolidating a subsidiary under the equity method, which of the following statements is
true with regard to the subsidiary subsequent to the year of acquisition?
A. All net assets are revalued to fair value and must be amortized over their useful lives.
B. Only net assets that had excess fair value over book value when acquired by the parent
must be amortized over their useful lives.
C. All depreciable net assets are revalued to fair value at date of acquisition and must be
amortized over their useful lives.
D. Only depreciable net assets that have excess fair value over book value must be amortized
over their useful lives.
E. Only assets that have excess fair value over book value must be amortized over their
useful lives.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
Learning Objective: 03-03a Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The equity method.
1-371 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
35. Which of the following statements is false regarding push-down accounting?
A. Push-down accounting simplifies the consolidation process.
B. Fewer worksheet entries are necessary when push-down accounting is applied.
C. Push-down accounting provides better information for internal evaluation.
D. Push-down accounting must be applied for all business combinations under a pooling of
interests.
E. Push-down proponents argue that a change in ownership creates a new basis for
subsidiary assets and liabilities.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-08 Understand in general the requirements of push-down accounting and when its use is appropriate.
1-372 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
36. Which of the following is false regarding contingent consideration in business combinations?
A. Contingent consideration payable in cash is reported under liabilities.
B. Contingent consideration payable in stock shares is reported under stockholders' equity.
C. Contingent consideration is recorded because of its substantial probability of eventual
payment.
D. The contingent consideration fair value is recognized as part of the acquisition regardless
of whether eventual payment is based on future performance of the target firm or future
stock price of the acquirer.
E. Contingent consideration is reflected in the acquirer's balance sheet at the present value of
the potential expected future payment.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-07 Understand the accounting and reporting for contingent consideration subsequent to a business
acquisition.
1-373 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
37. Factors that should be considered in determining the useful life of an intangible asset include
A. Legal, regulatory, or contractual provisions.
B. The residual value of the asset.
C. The entity's expected use of the intangible asset.
D. The effects of obsolescence, competition, and technological change.
E. All of these choices are used in determining the useful life of an intangible asset.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-06 Describe the procedures for conducting a goodwill impairment test.
1-374 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
38. Consolidated net income using the equity method for an acquisition combination is computed
as follows:
A. Parent company's income from its own operations plus the equity from subsidiary's income
recorded by the parent.
B. Parent's reported net income.
C. Combined revenues less combined expenses less equity in subsidiary's income less
amortization of fair-value allocations in excess of book value.
D. Parent's revenues less expenses for its own operations plus the equity from subsidiary's
income recorded by parent.
E. All of these.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-03a Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The equity method.
1-375 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-376 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
39. Perry Company acquires 100% of the stock of Hurley Corporation on January 1, 2012, for
$3,800 cash. As of that date Hurley has the following trial balance;
Any excess of consideration transferred over fair value of net assets acquired is considered
goodwill with an indefinite life. FIFO inventory valuation method is used.
Compute the consideration transferred in excess of book value acquired at January 1, 2012.
A. $150.
B. $700.
C. $2,200.
1-377 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $550.
E. $2,900.
Acquisition Price $3,800 - Total Equity at Acquisition $3,100 = $700
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-378 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-379 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
40. Perry Company acquires 100% of the stock of Hurley Corporation on January 1, 2012, for
$3,800 cash. As of that date Hurley has the following trial balance;
Any excess of consideration transferred over fair value of net assets acquired is considered
goodwill with an indefinite life. FIFO inventory valuation method is used.
Compute goodwill, if any, at January 1, 2012.
A. $150.
B. $250.
C. $700.
1-380 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
D. $1,200.
E. $550.
Identified BVs $2,950 - Identified FVs $3,100 = $150 Excess Unidentified (Goodwill)
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-381 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-382 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
41. Perry Company acquires 100% of the stock of Hurley Corporation on January 1, 2012, for
$3,800 cash. As of that date Hurley has the following trial balance;
Any excess of consideration transferred over fair value of net assets acquired is considered
goodwill with an indefinite life. FIFO inventory valuation method is used.
Compute the amount of Hurley's inventory that would be reported in a January 1, 2012,
consolidated balance sheet.
A. $800.
B. $100.
1-383 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
C. $900.
D. $150.
E. $0.
Fair Value at Acquisition = $900
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-384 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-385 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
42. Perry Company acquires 100% of the stock of Hurley Corporation on January 1, 2012, for
$3,800 cash. As of that date Hurley has the following trial balance;
Any excess of consideration transferred over fair value of net assets acquired is considered
goodwill with an indefinite life. FIFO inventory valuation method is used.
Compute the amount of Hurley's buildings that would be reported in a December 31, 2012,
consolidated balance sheet.
A. $1,560.
B. $1,260.
1-386 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
C. $1,440.
D. $1,160.
E. $1,140.
FV $1,200 + Excess Amortization ($300/5) $60 = $1,260
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-387 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-388 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
43. Perry Company acquires 100% of the stock of Hurley Corporation on January 1, 2012, for
$3,800 cash. As of that date Hurley has the following trial balance;
Any excess of consideration transferred over fair value of net assets acquired is considered
goodwill with an indefinite life. FIFO inventory valuation method is used.
Compute the amount of Hurley's equipment that would be reported in a December 31, 2012,
consolidated balance sheet.
A. $1,000.
B. $1,250.
1-389 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
C. $875.
D. $1,125.
E. $750.
FV $1,250 - Excess Amortization ($250/2) $125 = $1,125
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-390 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-391 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
44. Perry Company acquires 100% of the stock of Hurley Corporation on January 1, 2012, for
$3,800 cash. As of that date Hurley has the following trial balance;
Any excess of consideration transferred over fair value of net assets acquired is considered
goodwill with an indefinite life. FIFO inventory valuation method is used.
Compute the amount of total expenses reported in an income statement for the year ended
December 31, 2012, in order to recognize acquisition-date allocations of fair value and book
value differences,
A. $140.
1-392 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
B. $190.
C. $260.
D. $285.
E. $310.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-393 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-394 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
45. Perry Company acquires 100% of the stock of Hurley Corporation on January 1, 2012, for
$3,800 cash. As of that date Hurley has the following trial balance;
Any excess of consideration transferred over fair value of net assets acquired is considered
goodwill with an indefinite life. FIFO inventory valuation method is used.
Compute the amount of Hurley's long-term liabilities that would be reported in a December 31,
2012, consolidated balance sheet.
A. $1,800.
B. $1,700.
1-395 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
C. $1,725.
D. $1,675.
E. $3,500.
FV $1,700 + Excess Amortization ($100/4) $25 = $1,725
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-396 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-397 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
46. Perry Company acquires 100% of the stock of Hurley Corporation on January 1, 2012, for
$3,800 cash. As of that date Hurley has the following trial balance;
Any excess of consideration transferred over fair value of net assets acquired is considered
goodwill with an indefinite life. FIFO inventory valuation method is used.
Compute the amount of Hurley's buildings that would be reported in a December 31, 2013,
consolidated balance sheet.
A. $1,620.
B. $1,380.
1-398 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
C. $1,320.
D. $1,080.
E. $1,500.
FV $1,200 + Excess Amortization ($300/5) $60 × 2 = $1,320
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-399 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-400 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
47. Perry Company acquires 100% of the stock of Hurley Corporation on January 1, 2012, for
$3,800 cash. As of that date Hurley has the following trial balance;
Any excess of consideration transferred over fair value of net assets acquired is considered
goodwill with an indefinite life. FIFO inventory valuation method is used.
Compute the amount of Hurley's equipment that would be reported in a December 31, 2013,
consolidated balance sheet.
A. $0.
B. $1,000.
1-401 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
C. $1,250.
D. $1,125.
E. $1,200.
FV $1,250 - Excess Amortization ($250/2) $125 × 2 = $1,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-402 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-403 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
48. Perry Company acquires 100% of the stock of Hurley Corporation on January 1, 2012, for
$3,800 cash. As of that date Hurley has the following trial balance;
Any excess of consideration transferred over fair value of net assets acquired is considered
goodwill with an indefinite life. FIFO inventory valuation method is used.
Compute the amount of Hurley's land that would be reported in a December 31, 2013,
consolidated balance sheet.
A. $900.
B. $1,300.
1-404 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
C. $400.
D. $1,450.
E. $2,200.
FV $1,300
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-405 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-406 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
49. Perry Company acquires 100% of the stock of Hurley Corporation on January 1, 2012, for
$3,800 cash. As of that date Hurley has the following trial balance;
Any excess of consideration transferred over fair value of net assets acquired is considered
goodwill with an indefinite life. FIFO inventory valuation method is used.
Compute the amount of Hurley's long-term liabilities that would be reported in a December 31,
2013, consolidated balance sheet.
A. $1,700.
B. $1,800.
1-407 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
C. $1,650.
D. $1,750.
E. $3,500.
FV $1,700 + Excess Amortization ($100/4) $25 × 2 = $1,750
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-408 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
50. Kaye Company acquired 100% of Fiore Company on January 1, 2013. Kaye paid $1,000
excess consideration over book value which is being amortized at $20 per year. Fiore reported
net income of $400 in 2013 and paid dividends of $100.
Assume the equity method is applied. How much will Kaye's income increase or decrease as a
result of Fiore's operations?
A. $400 increase.
B. $300 increase.
C. $380 increase.
D. $280 increase.
E. $480 increase.
2013 Income $400 - Amortization $20 = $380 Increase
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
1-409 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
51. Kaye Company acquired 100% of Fiore Company on January 1, 2013. Kaye paid $1,000
excess consideration over book value which is being amortized at $20 per year. Fiore reported
net income of $400 in 2013 and paid dividends of $100.
Assume the partial equity method is applied. How much will Kaye's income increase or
decrease as a result of Fiore's operations?
A. $400 increase.
B. $300 increase.
C. $380 increase.
D. $280 increase.
E. $480 increase.
2013 Income = $400 Increase
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
1-410 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
52. Kaye Company acquired 100% of Fiore Company on January 1, 2013. Kaye paid $1,000
excess consideration over book value which is being amortized at $20 per year. Fiore reported
net income of $400 in 2013 and paid dividends of $100.
Assume the initial value method is applied. How much will Kaye's income increase or
decrease as a result of Fiore's operations?
A. $400 increase.
B. $300 increase.
C. $380 increase.
D. $100 increase.
E. $210 increase.
2013 Dividends = $100 Increase
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
1-411 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
53. Kaye Company acquired 100% of Fiore Company on January 1, 2013. Kaye paid $1,000
excess consideration over book value which is being amortized at $20 per year. Fiore reported
net income of $400 in 2013 and paid dividends of $100.
Assume the partial equity method is used. In the years following acquisition, what additional
worksheet entry must be made for consolidation purposes that is not required for the equity
method?
A. Entry A.
B. Entry B.
C. Entry C.
D. Entry D.
E. Entry E.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Analyze
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-03c Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The partial equity method.
1-412 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
54. Kaye Company acquired 100% of Fiore Company on January 1, 2013. Kaye paid $1,000
excess consideration over book value which is being amortized at $20 per year. Fiore reported
net income of $400 in 2013 and paid dividends of $100.
Assume the initial value method is used. In the year subsequent to acquisition, what additional
worksheet entry must be made for consolidation purposes that is not required for the equity
method?
A. Entry A.
B. Entry B.
C. Entry C.
D. Entry D.
E. Entry E.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Analyze
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 03-03b Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The intial value method.
1-413 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
55. Hoyt Corporation agreed to the following terms in order to acquire the net assets of Brown
Company on January 1, 2013:
(1.) To issue 400 shares of common stock ($10 par) with a fair value of $45 per share.
(2.) To assume Brown's liabilities which have a fair value of $1,500.
On the date of acquisition, the consideration transferred for Hoyt's acquisition of Brown would
be
A. $18,000.
B. $16,500.
C. $20,000.
D. $18,500.
E. $19,500.
Common Stock (400 shares × $45) $18,000 + Liabilities Assumed $1,500 = $19,500
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
1-414 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
56. Following are selected accounts for Green Corporation and Vega Company as of December
31, 2015. Several of Green's accounts have been omitted.
Green acquired 100% of Vega on January 1, 2011, by issuing 10,500 shares of its $10 par
value common stock with a fair value of $95 per share. On January 1, 2011, Vega's land was
undervalued by $40,000, its buildings were overvalued by $30,000, and equipment was
undervalued by $80,000. The buildings have a 20-year life and the equipment has a 10-year
life. $50,000 was attributed to an unrecorded trademark with a 16-year remaining life. There
was no goodwill associated with this investment.
Compute the book value of Vega at January 1, 2011.
A. $997,500.
B. $857,500.
C. $1,200,000.
D. $1,600,000.
E. $827,500.
Common Stock Fair Value $997,500 - Fair Value Asset Adjustment (Land $40,000 - Building
$30,000 + Equipment $80,000 + Unrecorded Trademark $50,000) $140,000 = $857,500
1-415 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
1-416 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
57. Following are selected accounts for Green Corporation and Vega Company as of December
31, 2015. Several of Green's accounts have been omitted.
Green acquired 100% of Vega on January 1, 2011, by issuing 10,500 shares of its $10 par
value common stock with a fair value of $95 per share. On January 1, 2011, Vega's land was
undervalued by $40,000, its buildings were overvalued by $30,000, and equipment was
undervalued by $80,000. The buildings have a 20-year life and the equipment has a 10-year
life. $50,000 was attributed to an unrecorded trademark with a 16-year remaining life. There
was no goodwill associated with this investment.
Compute the December 31, 2015, consolidated revenues.
A. $1,400,000.
B. $800,000.
C. $500,000.
D. $1,590,375.
E. $1,390,375.
$900,000 + $500,000 = $1,400,000
1-417 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-418 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
1-419 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
58. Following are selected accounts for Green Corporation and Vega Company as of December
31, 2015. Several of Green's accounts have been omitted.
Green acquired 100% of Vega on January 1, 2011, by issuing 10,500 shares of its $10 par
value common stock with a fair value of $95 per share. On January 1, 2011, Vega's land was
undervalued by $40,000, its buildings were overvalued by $30,000, and equipment was
undervalued by $80,000. The buildings have a 20-year life and the equipment has a 10-year
life. $50,000 was attributed to an unrecorded trademark with a 16-year remaining life. There
was no goodwill associated with this investment.
Compute the December 31, 2015, consolidated total expenses.
A. $620,000.
B. $280,000.
C. $900,000.
D. $909,625.
E. $299,625.
1-420 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
COGS ($360,000 + $200,000) + Depreciation ($140,000 + $40,000) + Other Exp ($100,000 +
$60,000) + Excess FV Amortization (Blg [$1,500] + Equip $8,000 + Trademark $3,125) =
$909,625
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-421 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
59. Following are selected accounts for Green Corporation and Vega Company as of December
31, 2015. Several of Green's accounts have been omitted.
Green acquired 100% of Vega on January 1, 2011, by issuing 10,500 shares of its $10 par
value common stock with a fair value of $95 per share. On January 1, 2011, Vega's land was
undervalued by $40,000, its buildings were overvalued by $30,000, and equipment was
undervalued by $80,000. The buildings have a 20-year life and the equipment has a 10-year
life. $50,000 was attributed to an unrecorded trademark with a 16-year remaining life. There
was no goodwill associated with this investment.
Compute the December 31, 2015, consolidated buildings.
A. $1,037,500.
B. $1,007,500.
C. $1,000,000.
D. $1,022,500.
E. $1,012,500.
$750,000 + $280,000 - $30,000 = $1,000,000 + Amortization ($1,500 × 5) = $1,007,500
1-422 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-423 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
60. Following are selected accounts for Green Corporation and Vega Company as of December
31, 2015. Several of Green's accounts have been omitted.
Green acquired 100% of Vega on January 1, 2011, by issuing 10,500 shares of its $10 par
value common stock with a fair value of $95 per share. On January 1, 2011, Vega's land was
undervalued by $40,000, its buildings were overvalued by $30,000, and equipment was
undervalued by $80,000. The buildings have a 20-year life and the equipment has a 10-year
life. $50,000 was attributed to an unrecorded trademark with a 16-year remaining life. There
was no goodwill associated with this investment.
Compute the December 31, 2015, consolidated equipment.
A. $800,000.
B. $808,000.
C. $840,000.
D. $760,000.
E. $848,000.
$300,000 + $580,000 = $880,000 - Amortization ($8,000 × 5) = $840,000
1-424 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-425 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
61. Following are selected accounts for Green Corporation and Vega Company as of December
31, 2015. Several of Green's accounts have been omitted.
Green acquired 100% of Vega on January 1, 2011, by issuing 10,500 shares of its $10 par
value common stock with a fair value of $95 per share. On January 1, 2011, Vega's land was
undervalued by $40,000, its buildings were overvalued by $30,000, and equipment was
undervalued by $80,000. The buildings have a 20-year life and the equipment has a 10-year
life. $50,000 was attributed to an unrecorded trademark with a 16-year remaining life. There
was no goodwill associated with this investment.
Compute the December 31, 2015, consolidated land.
A. $220,000.
B. $180,000.
C. $670,000.
D. $630,000.
E. $450,000.
$450,000 + $220,000 = $670,000
1-426 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-427 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
62. Following are selected accounts for Green Corporation and Vega Company as of December
31, 2015. Several of Green's accounts have been omitted.
Green acquired 100% of Vega on January 1, 2011, by issuing 10,500 shares of its $10 par
value common stock with a fair value of $95 per share. On January 1, 2011, Vega's land was
undervalued by $40,000, its buildings were overvalued by $30,000, and equipment was
undervalued by $80,000. The buildings have a 20-year life and the equipment has a 10-year
life. $50,000 was attributed to an unrecorded trademark with a 16-year remaining life. There
was no goodwill associated with this investment.
Compute the December 31, 2015, consolidated trademark.
A. $50,000.
B. $46,875.
C. $0.
D. $34,375.
E. $37,500.
$50,000 - Amortization ($3,125 × 5) = $34,375
1-428 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-429 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
63. Following are selected accounts for Green Corporation and Vega Company as of December
31, 2015. Several of Green's accounts have been omitted.
Green acquired 100% of Vega on January 1, 2011, by issuing 10,500 shares of its $10 par
value common stock with a fair value of $95 per share. On January 1, 2011, Vega's land was
undervalued by $40,000, its buildings were overvalued by $30,000, and equipment was
undervalued by $80,000. The buildings have a 20-year life and the equipment has a 10-year
life. $50,000 was attributed to an unrecorded trademark with a 16-year remaining life. There
was no goodwill associated with this investment.
Compute the December 31, 2015, consolidated common stock.
A. $450,000.
B. $530,000.
C. $555,000.
D. $635,000.
E. $525,000.
$450,000 (Parent Only)
1-430 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-431 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
64. Following are selected accounts for Green Corporation and Vega Company as of December
31, 2015. Several of Green's accounts have been omitted.
Green acquired 100% of Vega on January 1, 2011, by issuing 10,500 shares of its $10 par
value common stock with a fair value of $95 per share. On January 1, 2011, Vega's land was
undervalued by $40,000, its buildings were overvalued by $30,000, and equipment was
undervalued by $80,000. The buildings have a 20-year life and the equipment has a 10-year
life. $50,000 was attributed to an unrecorded trademark with a 16-year remaining life. There
was no goodwill associated with this investment.
Compute the December 31, 2015, consolidated additional paid-in capital.
A. $210,000.
B. $75,000.
C. $1,102,500.
D. $942,500.
E. $525,000.
$75,000 (Parent Only)
1-432 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-433 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
65. Following are selected accounts for Green Corporation and Vega Company as of December
31, 2015. Several of Green's accounts have been omitted.
Green acquired 100% of Vega on January 1, 2011, by issuing 10,500 shares of its $10 par
value common stock with a fair value of $95 per share. On January 1, 2011, Vega's land was
undervalued by $40,000, its buildings were overvalued by $30,000, and equipment was
undervalued by $80,000. The buildings have a 20-year life and the equipment has a 10-year
life. $50,000 was attributed to an unrecorded trademark with a 16-year remaining life. There
was no goodwill associated with this investment.
Compute the December 31, 2015 consolidated retained earnings.
A. $1,645,375.
B. $1,350,000.
C. $1,565,375.
D. $1,840,375.
E. $1,265,375.
1-434 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-435 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
66. Following are selected accounts for Green Corporation and Vega Company as of December
31, 2015. Several of Green's accounts have been omitted.
Green acquired 100% of Vega on January 1, 2011, by issuing 10,500 shares of its $10 par
value common stock with a fair value of $95 per share. On January 1, 2011, Vega's land was
undervalued by $40,000, its buildings were overvalued by $30,000, and equipment was
undervalued by $80,000. The buildings have a 20-year life and the equipment has a 10-year
life. $50,000 was attributed to an unrecorded trademark with a 16-year remaining life. There
was no goodwill associated with this investment.
Compute the equity in Vega's income to be included in Green's consolidated income
statement for 2015.
A. $500,000.
B. $300,000.
C. $190,375.
D. $200,000.
E. $290,375.
1-436 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
67. One company acquires another company in a combination accounted for as an acquisition.
The acquiring company decides to apply the initial value method in accounting for the
combination. What is one reason the acquiring company might have made this decision?
A. It is the only method allowed by the SEC.
B. It is relatively easy to apply.
C. It is the only internal reporting method allowed by generally accepted accounting principles.
D. Operating results on the parent's financial records reflect consolidated totals.
E. When the initial method is used, no worksheet entries are required in the consolidation
process.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
1-437 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
68. One company acquires another company in a combination accounted for as an acquisition.
The acquiring company decides to apply the equity method in accounting for the combination.
What is one reason the acquiring company might have made this decision?
A. It is the only method allowed by the SEC.
B. It is relatively easy to apply.
C. It is the only internal reporting method allowed by generally accepted accounting principles.
D. Operating results on the parent's financial records reflect consolidated totals.
E. When the equity method is used, no worksheet entries are required in the consolidation
process.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
1-438 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
69. When is a goodwill impairment loss recognized?
A. Annually on a systematic and rational basis.
B. Never.
C. If both the fair value of a reporting unit and its associated implied goodwill fall below their
respective carrying values.
D. If the fair value of a reporting unit falls below its original acquisition price.
E. Whenever the fair value of the entity declines significantly.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-05 Discuss the rationale for the goodwill impairment testing approach.
1-439 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
70. Which of the following will result in the recognition of an impairment loss on goodwill?
A. Goodwill amortization is to be recognized annually on a systematic and rational basis.
B. Both the fair value of a reporting unit and its associated implied goodwill fall below their
respective carrying values.
C. The fair value of the entity declines significantly.
D. The fair value of a reporting unit falls below the original consideration transferred for the
acquisition.
E. The entity is investigated by the SEC and its reputation has been severely damaged.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-05 Discuss the rationale for the goodwill impairment testing approach.
1-440 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
71. Goehler, Inc. acquires all of the voting stock of Kenneth, Inc. on January 4, 2012, at an
amount in excess of Kenneth's fair value. On that date, Kenneth has equipment with a book
value of $90,000 and a fair value of $120,000 (10-year remaining life). Goehler has equipment
with a book value of $800,000 and a fair value of $1,200,000 (10-year remaining life). On
December 31, 2013, Goehler has equipment with a book value of $975,000 but a fair value of
$1,350,000 and Kenneth has equipment with a book value of $105,000 but a fair value of
$125,000.
If Goehler applies the equity method in accounting for Kenneth, what is the consolidated
balance for the Equipment account as of December 31, 2013?
A. $1,080,000.
B. $1,104,000.
C. $1,100,000.
D. $1,468,000.
E. $1,475,000.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-03a Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The equity method.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-441 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
72. Goehler, Inc. acquires all of the voting stock of Kenneth, Inc. on January 4, 2012, at an
amount in excess of Kenneth's fair value. On that date, Kenneth has equipment with a book
value of $90,000 and a fair value of $120,000 (10-year remaining life). Goehler has equipment
with a book value of $800,000 and a fair value of $1,200,000 (10-year remaining life). On
December 31, 2013, Goehler has equipment with a book value of $975,000 but a fair value of
$1,350,000 and Kenneth has equipment with a book value of $105,000 but a fair value of
$125,000.
If Goehler applies the partial equity method in accounting for Kenneth, what is the
consolidated balance for the Equipment account as of December 31, 2013?
A. $1,080,000.
B. $1,104,000.
C. $1,100,000.
D. $1,468,000.
E. $1,475,000.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-03c Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The partial equity method.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-442 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
73. Goehler, Inc. acquires all of the voting stock of Kenneth, Inc. on January 4, 2012, at an
amount in excess of Kenneth's fair value. On that date, Kenneth has equipment with a book
value of $90,000 and a fair value of $120,000 (10-year remaining life). Goehler has equipment
with a book value of $800,000 and a fair value of $1,200,000 (10-year remaining life). On
December 31, 2013, Goehler has equipment with a book value of $975,000 but a fair value of
$1,350,000 and Kenneth has equipment with a book value of $105,000 but a fair value of
$125,000.
If Goehler applies the initial value method in accounting for Kenneth, what is the consolidated
balance for the Equipment account as of December 31, 2013?
A. $1,080,000.
B. $1,104,000.
C. $1,100,000.
D. $1,468,000.
E. $1,475,000.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-03b Prepare consolidated financial statements subsequent to acquisition when the parent has aplied in
its internal records: The intial value method.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-443 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
74. How is the fair value allocation of an intangible asset allocated to expense when the asset has
no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, or other factors that limit its life?
A. Equally over 20 years.
B. Equally over 40 years.
C. Equally over 20 years with an annual impairment review.
D. No amortization, but annually reviewed for impairment and adjusted accordingly.
E. No amortization over an indefinite period time.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 03-06 Describe the procedures for conducting a goodwill impairment test.
1-444 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
75. Harrison, Inc. acquires 100% of the voting stock of Rhine Company on January 1, 2012 for
$400,000 cash. A contingent payment of $16,500 will be paid on April 15, 2013 if Rhine
generates cash flows from operations of $27,000 or more in the next year. Harrison estimates
that there is a 20% probability that Rhine will generate at least $27,000 next year, and uses an
interest rate of 5% to incorporate the time value of money. The fair value of $16,500 at 5%,
using a probability weighted approach, is $3,142.
What will Harrison record as its Investment in Rhine on January 1, 2012?
A. $400,000.
B. $403,142.
C. $406,000.
D. $409,142.
E. $416,500.
Cash Payment $400,000 + Weighted Fair Value of Contingency $3,142 = $403,142
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-07 Understand the accounting and reporting for contingent consideration subsequent to a business
acquisition.
1-445 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
76. Harrison, Inc. acquires 100% of the voting stock of Rhine Company on January 1, 2012 for
$400,000 cash. A contingent payment of $16,500 will be paid on April 15, 2013 if Rhine
generates cash flows from operations of $27,000 or more in the next year. Harrison estimates
that there is a 20% probability that Rhine will generate at least $27,000 next year, and uses an
interest rate of 5% to incorporate the time value of money. The fair value of $16,500 at 5%,
using a probability weighted approach, is $3,142.
Assuming Rhine generates cash flow from operations of $27,200 in 2012, how will Harrison
record the $16,500 payment of cash on April 15, 2013 in satisfaction of its contingent
obligation?
A. Debit Contingent performance obligation $16,500, and Credit Cash $16,500.
B. Debit Contingent performance obligation $3,142, debit Loss from revaluation of contingent
performance obligation $13,358, and Credit Cash $16,500.
C. Debit Investment in Subsidiary and Credit Cash $16,500.
D. Debit Goodwill and Credit Cash $16,500.
E. No entry.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Analyze
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 03-07 Understand the accounting and reporting for contingent consideration subsequent to a business
acquisition.
1-446 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
77. Harrison, Inc. acquires 100% of the voting stock of Rhine Company on January 1, 2012 for
$400,000 cash. A contingent payment of $16,500 will be paid on April 15, 2013 if Rhine
generates cash flows from operations of $27,000 or more in the next year. Harrison estimates
that there is a 20% probability that Rhine will generate at least $27,000 next year, and uses an
interest rate of 5% to incorporate the time value of money. The fair value of $16,500 at 5%,
using a probability weighted approach, is $3,142.
When recording consideration transferred for the acquisition of Rhine on January 1, 2012,
Harrison will record a contingent performance obligation in the amount of:
A. $628.40
B. $2,671.60
C. $3,142.00
D. $13,358.00
E. $16,500.00
Weighted Fair Value of Contingency = $3,142
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-07 Understand the accounting and reporting for contingent consideration subsequent to a business
acquisition.
1-447 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
78. Beatty, Inc. acquires 100% of the voting stock of Gataux Company on January 1, 2012 for
$500,000 cash. A contingent payment of $12,000 will be paid on April 1, 2013 if Gataux
generates cash flows from operations of $26,500 or more in the next year. Beatty estimates
that there is a 30% probability that Gataux will generate at least $26,500 next year, and uses
an interest rate of 4% to incorporate the time value of money. The fair value of $12,000 at 4%,
using a probability weighted approach, is $3,461.
What will Beatty record as its Investment in Gataux on January 1, 2012?
A. $500,000.
B. $503,461.
C. $512,000.
D. $515,461.
E. $526,500.
Cash Payment $500,000 + Weighted Fair Value of Contingency $3,461 = $503,461
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-07 Understand the accounting and reporting for contingent consideration subsequent to a business
acquisition.
1-448 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
79. Beatty, Inc. acquires 100% of the voting stock of Gataux Company on January 1, 2012 for
$500,000 cash. A contingent payment of $12,000 will be paid on April 1, 2013 if Gataux
generates cash flows from operations of $26,500 or more in the next year. Beatty estimates
that there is a 30% probability that Gataux will generate at least $26,500 next year, and uses
an interest rate of 4% to incorporate the time value of money. The fair value of $12,000 at 4%,
using a probability weighted approach, is $3,461.
Assuming Gataux generates cash flow from operations of $27,200 in 2012, how will Beatty
record the $12,000 payment of cash on April 1, 2013 in satisfaction of its contingent
obligation?
A. Debit Contingent performance obligation $3,461, debit Goodwill $8,539, and Credit Cash
$12,000.
B. Debit Contingent performance obligation $3,461, debit Loss from revaluation of contingent
performance obligation $8,539, and Credit Cash $12,000.
C. Debit Goodwill and Credit Cash $12,000.
D. Debit Goodwill $27,200, credit Contingent performance obligation $15,200, and Credit
Cash $12,000.
E. No entry.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Analyze
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 03-07 Understand the accounting and reporting for contingent consideration subsequent to a business
acquisition.
1-449 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
80. Beatty, Inc. acquires 100% of the voting stock of Gataux Company on January 1, 2012 for
$500,000 cash. A contingent payment of $12,000 will be paid on April 1, 2013 if Gataux
generates cash flows from operations of $26,500 or more in the next year. Beatty estimates
that there is a 30% probability that Gataux will generate at least $26,500 next year, and uses
an interest rate of 4% to incorporate the time value of money. The fair value of $12,000 at 4%,
using a probability weighted approach, is $3,461.
When recording consideration transferred for the acquisition of Gataux on January 1, 2012,
Beatty will record a contingent performance obligation in the amount of:
A. $692.20
B. $3,040.00
C. $3,461.00
D. $12,000.00
E. $15,200.00
Weighted Fair Value of Contingency = $3,461
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-07 Understand the accounting and reporting for contingent consideration subsequent to a business
acquisition.
1-450 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
81. Prince Company acquires Duchess, Inc. on January 1, 2011. The consideration transferred
exceeds the fair value of Duchess' net assets. On that date, Prince has a building with a book
value of $1,200,000 and a fair value of $1,500,000. Duchess has a building with a book value
of $400,000 and fair value of $500,000.
If push-down accounting is used, what amounts in the Building account appear in Duchess'
separate balance sheet and in the consolidated balance sheet immediately after acquisition?
A. $400,000 and $1,600,000.
B. $500,000 and $1,700,000.
C. $400,000 and $1,700,000.
D. $500,000 and $2,000,000.
E. $500,000 and $1,600,000.
Fair Value ($500,000) & Parent BV + Sub FV ($1,700,000)
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-08 Understand in general the requirements of push-down accounting and when its use is appropriate.
1-451 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
82. Prince Company acquires Duchess, Inc. on January 1, 2011. The consideration transferred
exceeds the fair value of Duchess' net assets. On that date, Prince has a building with a book
value of $1,200,000 and a fair value of $1,500,000. Duchess has a building with a book value
of $400,000 and fair value of $500,000.
If push-down accounting is not used, what amounts in the Building account appear on
Duchess' separate balance sheet and on the consolidated balance sheet immediately after
acquisition?
A. $400,000 and $1,600,000.
B. $500,000 and $1,700,000.
C. $400,000 and $1,700,000.
D. $500,000 and $2,000,000.
E. $500,000 and $1,600,000.
Book Value ($400,000) & Parent BV + Sub FV ($1,700,000)
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-08 Understand in general the requirements of push-down accounting and when its use is appropriate.
1-452 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
83. Watkins, Inc. acquires all of the outstanding stock of Glen Corporation on January 1, 2012. At
that date, Glen owns only three assets and has no liabilities:
If Watkins pays $450,000 in cash for Glen, what amount would be represented as the
subsidiary's Building in a consolidation at December 31, 2014, assuming the book value of the
building at that date is still $200,000?
A. $200,000.
B. $285,000.
C. $290,000.
D. $295,000.
E. $300,000.
Fair Value at Acquisition ($300,000) - Amortization [($100,000/20) × 3] = $285,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-453 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
84. Watkins, Inc. acquires all of the outstanding stock of Glen Corporation on January 1, 2012. At
that date, Glen owns only three assets and has no liabilities:
If Watkins pays $400,000 in cash for Glen, what amount would be represented as the
subsidiary's Building in a consolidation at December 31, 2014, assuming the book value of the
building at that date is still $200,000?
A. $200,000.
B. $285,000.
C. $260,000.
D. $268,000.
E. $300,000.
Fair Value at Acquisition ($300,000) - Amortization [($100,000/20) × 3] = $285,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-454 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
85. Watkins, Inc. acquires all of the outstanding stock of Glen Corporation on January 1, 2012. At
that date, Glen owns only three assets and has no liabilities:
If Watkins pays $450,000 in cash for Glen, what amount would be represented as the
subsidiary's Equipment in a consolidation at December 31, 2014, assuming the book value of
the equipment at that date is still $80,000?
A. $70,000.
B. $73,500.
C. $75,000.
D. $76,500.
E. $80,000.
Fair Value at Acquisition ($75,000) + Amortization [($5,000/10) × 3] = $76,500
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-455 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
86. Watkins, Inc. acquires all of the outstanding stock of Glen Corporation on January 1, 2012. At
that date, Glen owns only three assets and has no liabilities:
If Watkins pays $450,000 in cash for Glen, what acquisition-date fair value allocation, net of
amortization, should be attributed to the subsidiary's Equipment in consolidation at December
31, 2014?
A. $(5,000.)
B. $80,000.
C. $75,000.
D. $73,500.
E. $(3,500.)
Fair Value Differential at Acquisition [$5,000] + Amortization ([$5000]/10 × 3) = [$3,500]
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-01 Recognize the complexities in preparing consolidated financial reports that emerge from the
passage of time.
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-456 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
87. Watkins, Inc. acquires all of the outstanding stock of Glen Corporation on January 1, 2012. At
that date, Glen owns only three assets and has no liabilities:
If Watkins pays $300,000 in cash for Glen, at what amount would the subsidiary's Building be
represented in a January 2, 2012 consolidation?
A. $200,000.
B. $225,000.
C. $273,000.
D. $279,000.
E. $300,000.
Fair Value at Acquisition = $300,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-02 Identify and describe the various methods available to a parent company in order to maintain its
investment in subsidiary account in its internal records.
1-457 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
88. Watkins, Inc. acquires all of the outstanding stock of Glen Corporation on January 1, 2012. At
that date, Glen owns only three assets and has no liabilities:
If Watkins pays $450,000 in cash for Glen, at what amount would Glen's Inventory acquired be
represented in a December 31, 2012 consolidated balance sheet?
A. $40,000.
B. $50,000.
C. $0.
D. $10,000.
E. $90,000.
Zero (Under FIFO all Inventory would go to COGS)
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-458 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
89. Watkins, Inc. acquires all of the outstanding stock of Glen Corporation on January 1, 2012. At
that date, Glen owns only three assets and has no liabilities:
If Watkins pays $450,000 in cash for Glen, and Glen earns $50,000 in net income and pays
$20,000 in dividends during 2012, what amount would be reflected in consolidated net income
for 2012 as a result of the acquisition?
A. $20,000 under the initial value method.
B. $30,000 under the partial equity method.
C. $50,000 under the partial equity method.
D. $44,500 under the equity method.
E. $45,500 regardless of the internal accounting method used.
Sub Income $50,000 - Amortizations ([$5,000]/10) - ($100,000/20) = $45,500
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 3 Hard
Learning Objective: 03-04 Understand that a parent's internal accounting method for its subsidiary investments has no effect
on the resulting consolidated financial statements.
1-459 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
90. According to the FASB ASC regarding the testing procedures for Goodwill Impairment, the
proper procedure for conducting impairment testing is:
A. Goodwill recognized in consolidation may be amortized uniformly and only tested if the
amortization method originally chosen is changed.
B. Goodwill recognized in consolidation must only be impairment tested prior to disposal of
the consolidated unit to eliminate the impairment of goodwill from the gain or loss on the
sale of that specific entity.
C. Goodwill recognized in consolidation may be impairment tested in a two-step approach,
first by quantitative assessment of the possible impairment of the fair value of the unit
relative to the book value, and then a qualitative assessment as to why the impairment, if
any, occurred for disclosure.
D. Goodwill recognized in consolidation may be impairment tested in a two-step approach,
first by qualitative assessment of the possibility of impairment of the unit fair value relative
to the book value, and then quantitative assessments as to how much impairment, if any,
occurred for disclosure.
E. Goodwill recognized in consolidation may be impairment tested in a two-step approach,
first by qualitative assessment of the possibility of impairment of the unit fair value relative
to the book value, and then quantitative assessments as to how much impairment, if any,
occurred for asset write-down.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-05 Discuss the rationale for the goodwill impairment testing approach.
1-460 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
91. When is a goodwill impairment loss recognized?
A. Only after both a quantitative and qualitative assessment of the fair value of goodwill of a
reporting unit.
B. After only definitive quantitative assessments of the fair value of goodwill is completed.
C. After only definitive qualitative assessments of the fair value of goodwill is completed.
D. If the fair value of a reporting unit falls to zero or below its original acquisition price.
E. Never.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 03-05 Discuss the rationale for the goodwill impairment testing approach.
1-461 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
Chapter 04 Consolidated Financial Statements and Outside Ownership
Answer Key
Multiple Choice Questions
1. For business combinations involving less than 100 percent ownership, the acquirer recognizes
and measures all of the following at the acquisition date except:
A. identifiable assets acquired, at fair value.
B. liabilities assumed, at book value.
C. non-controlling interest, at fair value.
D. goodwill or a gain from bargain purchase.
E. none of these choices is correct.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe the valuation principles underlying the acquisition method of accounting for the
noncontrolling interest.
1-462 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
2. When Jolt Co. acquired 75% of the common stock of Yelts Corp., Yelts owned land with a
book value of $70,000 and a fair value of $100,000.
What amount should have been reported for the land in a consolidated balance sheet at the
acquisition date?
A. $52,500.
B. $70,000.
C. $75,000.
D. $92,500.
E. $100,000.
$100,000 FV of Land at Acquisition
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
1-463 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
3. When Jolt Co. acquired 75% of the common stock of Yelts Corp., Yelts owned land with a
book value of $70,000 and a fair value of $100,000.
What is the total amount of excess land allocation at the acquisition date?
A. $0.
B. $30,000.
C. $22,500.
D. $25,000.
E. $17,500.
FV $100,000 - BV $70,000 = $30,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-464 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
4. When Jolt Co. acquired 75% of the common stock of Yelts Corp., Yelts owned land with a
book value of $70,000 and a fair value of $100,000.
What is the amount of excess land allocation attributed to the controlling interest at the
acquisition date?
A. $0.
B. $30,000.
C. $22,500.
D. $25,000.
E. $17,500.
FV - BV ($30,000) × .75 = $22,500
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-465 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
5. When Jolt Co. acquired 75% of the common stock of Yelts Corp., Yelts owned land with a
book value of $70,000 and a fair value of $100,000.
What is the amount of excess land allocation attributed to the non-controlling interest at the
acquisition date?
A. $0.
B. $30,000.
C. $22,500.
D. $7,500.
E. $17,500.
FV - BV ($30,000) × .25 = $7,500
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-466 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
6. When Jolt Co. acquired 75% of the common stock of Yelts Corp., Yelts owned land with a
book value of $70,000 and a fair value of $100,000.
What amount should have been reported for the land in a consolidated balance sheet,
assuming the investment was obtained prior to the date the purchase method of accounting
for new business combinations was discontinued?
A. $70,000.
B. $75,000.
C. $85,000.
D. $92,500.
E. $100,000.
BV $70,000 + FV Controlling Differential ($30,000 × .75) = $92,500
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
1-467 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
7. Perch Co. acquired 80% of the common stock of Float Corp. for $1,600,000. The fair value of
Float's net assets was $1,850,000, and the book value was $1,500,000. The non-controlling
interest shares of Float Corp. are not actively traded.
What is the total amount of goodwill recognized at the date of acquisition?
A. $150,000.
B. $250,000.
C. $0.
D. $120,000.
E. $170,000.
FV $1,850,000 - FV of Stock at Purchase Price for 100% ($1,600,000/.80) $2,000,000 =
($150,000) Goodwill
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-03 Allocate goodwill acquired in a business combination across the controlling and noncontrolling
interests.
1-468 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
8. Perch Co. acquired 80% of the common stock of Float Corp. for $1,600,000. The fair value of
Float's net assets was $1,850,000, and the book value was $1,500,000. The non-controlling
interest shares of Float Corp. are not actively traded.
What amount of goodwill should be attributed to Perch at the date of acquisition?
A. $150,000.
B. $250,000.
C. $0.
D. $120,000.
E. $170,000.
(Purchase Price for 80%) $1,600,000 - (FV $1,850,000 × .80 = $1,480,000) = $120,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-03 Allocate goodwill acquired in a business combination across the controlling and noncontrolling
interests.
1-469 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
9. Perch Co. acquired 80% of the common stock of Float Corp. for $1,600,000. The fair value of
Float's net assets was $1,850,000, and the book value was $1,500,000. The non-controlling
interest shares of Float Corp. are not actively traded.
What amount of goodwill should be attributed to the non-controlling interest at the date of
acquisition?
A. $0.
B. $20,000.
C. $30,000.
D. $100,000.
E. $120,000.
$150,000 Goodwill × .20 = $30,000 to Non-Controlling Interest
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-03 Allocate goodwill acquired in a business combination across the controlling and noncontrolling
interests.
1-470 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
10. Perch Co. acquired 80% of the common stock of Float Corp. for $1,600,000. The fair value of
Float's net assets was $1,850,000, and the book value was $1,500,000. The non-controlling
interest shares of Float Corp. are not actively traded.
What is the dollar amount of non-controlling interest that should appear in a consolidated
balance sheet prepared at the date of acquisition?
A. $350,000.
B. $300,000.
C. $400,000.
D. $370,000.
E. $0.
FV of Stock at Purchase Price for 100% ($1,600,000/.80) $2,000,000 × .20 = $400,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-471 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
11. Perch Co. acquired 80% of the common stock of Float Corp. for $1,600,000. The fair value of
Float's net assets was $1,850,000, and the book value was $1,500,000. The non-controlling
interest shares of Float Corp. are not actively traded.
What is the dollar amount of Float Corp.'s net assets that would be represented in a
consolidated balance sheet prepared at the date of acquisition?
A. $1,600,000.
B. $1,480,000.
C. $1,200,000.
D. $1,780,000.
E. $1,850,000.
FV of Assets Acquired = $1,850,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
1-472 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
12. Perch Co. acquired 80% of the common stock of Float Corp. for $1,600,000. The fair value of
Float's net assets was $1,850,000, and the book value was $1,500,000. The non-controlling
interest shares of Float Corp. are not actively traded.
What is the dollar amount of fair value over book value differences attributed to Perch at the
date of acquisition?
A. $120,000.
B. $150,000.
C. $280,000.
D. $350,000.
E. $370,000.
FV $1,850,000 - BV $1,500,000 = $350,000 × .80 = $280,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-473 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
13. Femur Co. acquired 70% of the voting common stock of Harbor Corp. on January 1, 2014.
During 2014, Harbor had revenues of $2,500,000 and expenses of $2,000,000. The
amortization of excess cost allocations totaled $60,000 in 2014.
The non-controlling interest's share of the earnings of Harbor Corp. is calculated to be
A. $132,000.
B. $150,000.
C. $168,000.
D. $160,000.
E. $0.
Revenue $2,500,000 - Expenses $2,000,000 = $500,000 - $60,000 = $440,000 × .30 =
$132,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-474 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
14. Femur Co. acquired 70% of the voting common stock of Harbor Corp. on January 1, 2014.
During 2014, Harbor had revenues of $2,500,000 and expenses of $2,000,000. The
amortization of excess cost allocations totaled $60,000 in 2014.
What is the effect of including Harbor in consolidated net income for 2014?
A. $350,000.
B. $308,000.
C. $500,000.
D. $440,000.
E. $290,000.
Revenue $2,500,000 - Expenses $2,000,000 = $500,000 - $60,000 = $440,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-475 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
15. Denber Co. acquired 60% of the common stock of Kailey Corp. on September 1, 2014. For
2014, Kailey reported revenues of $810,000 and expenses of $630,000, all reflected evenly
throughout the year. The annual amount of amortization related to this acquisition was
$15,000.
In consolidation, the total amount of expenses related to Kailey, and to Denber's acquisition of
Kailey, for 2014 is determined to be
A. $153,750.
B. $161,250.
C. $205,000.
D. $210,000.
E. $215,000.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-08 Understand the impact on consolidated financial statements of a midyear acquisition.
1-476 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
16. Denber Co. acquired 60% of the common stock of Kailey Corp. on September 1, 2014. For
2014, Kailey reported revenues of $810,000 and expenses of $630,000, all reflected evenly
throughout the year. The annual amount of amortization related to this acquisition was
$15,000.
What is the effect of including Kailey in consolidated net income for 2014?
A. $31,000.
B. $33,000.
C. $55,000.
D. $60,000.
E. $39,000.
Revenue $810,000 - Expenses $630,000 = Income $180,000 × 4/12 = $60,000 - Annual
Amortization ($15,000 × 4/12) = $55,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-08 Understand the impact on consolidated financial statements of a midyear acquisition.
1-477 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
17. Denber Co. acquired 60% of the common stock of Kailey Corp. on September 1, 2014. For
2014, Kailey reported revenues of $810,000 and expenses of $630,000, all reflected evenly
throughout the year. The annual amount of amortization related to this acquisition was
$15,000.
What is the amount of net income to the controlling interest for 2014?
A. $31,000.
B. $33,000.
C. $55,000.
D. $60,000.
E. $39,000.
Revenue $810,000 - Expenses $630,000 = Income $180,000 × 4/12 = $60,000 - Annual
Amortization ($15,000 × 4/12) = $55,000 × .60 = $33,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-08 Understand the impact on consolidated financial statements of a midyear acquisition.
1-478 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
18. Denber Co. acquired 60% of the common stock of Kailey Corp. on September 1, 2014. For
2014, Kailey reported revenues of $810,000 and expenses of $630,000, all reflected evenly
throughout the year. The annual amount of amortization related to this acquisition was
$15,000.
What is the amount of the non-controlling interest's share of Kailey's income for 2014?
A. $22,000.
B. $24,000.
C. $48,000.
D. $66,000.
E. $72,000.
Total Income for September-December = $55,000 - Controlling Interest Portion $33,000 =
$22,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-08 Understand the impact on consolidated financial statements of a midyear acquisition.
1-479 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
19. MacHeath Inc. bought 60% of the outstanding common stock of Nomes Inc. in an acquisition
business combination that resulted in the recognition of goodwill. Nomes owned a piece of
land that cost $250,000 but was worth $600,000 at the date of acquisition. What value would
be attributed to this land in a consolidated balance sheet at the date of acquisition?
A. $250,000.
B. $150,000.
C. $600,000.
D. $360,000.
E. $460,000.
FV of the Land $600,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
1-480 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
20. Kordel Inc. acquired 75% of the outstanding common stock of Raxston Corp. Raxston
currently owes Kordel $500,000 for inventory acquired over the past few months. In preparing
consolidated financial statements, what amount of this debt should be eliminated?
A. $375,000
B. $125,000
C. $300,000
D. $500,000
E. $0
BV & FV of the Existing Receivable $500,000
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-481 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
21. Royce Co. acquired 60% of Park Co. for $420,000 on December 31, 2014 when Park's book
value was $560,000. The Royce stock was not actively traded. On the date of acquisition,
Park had equipment (with a ten-year life) that was undervalued in the financial records by
$140,000. One year later, the following selected figures were reported by the two companies.
Additionally, no dividends have been paid.
What is consolidated net income for 2015 attributable to Royce's controlling interest?
A. $686,000.
B. $560,000.
C. $644,000.
D. $635,600.
E. $691,600.
[Parent's Income ($1,260,000 - $700,000 = $560,000)] + [Sub's Income ($560,000 - $420,000)
× .60 = $84,000] - [Excess Equipment Amortization for 2015 ($140,000/10) × .60 = $8,400] =
$635,600
1-482 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-483 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
22. Royce Co. acquired 60% of Park Co. for $420,000 on December 31, 2014 when Park's book
value was $560,000. The Royce stock was not actively traded. On the date of acquisition,
Park had equipment (with a ten-year life) that was undervalued in the financial records by
$140,000. One year later, the following selected figures were reported by the two companies.
Additionally, no dividends have been paid.
What is the non-controlling interest's share of the subsidiary's net income for the year ended
December 31, 2015 and what is the ending balance of the non-controlling interest in the
subsidiary at December 31, 2015?
A. $56,000 and $280,000.
B. $50,400 and $218,400.
C. $56,000 and $224,000.
D. $56,000 and $336,000.
E. $50,400 and $330,400.
[Sub's Income ($560,000 - $420,000) × .40 = $56,000] - [Excess Equipment Amortization for
2015 ($140,000/10) × .40 = $5,600] = $50,400
[Non-Controlling Interest at Acquisition (FV $700,000 × .40) = $280,000] + [Non-Controlling
Interest 2015 Income $56,000] - [Excess Equipment Amortization ($140,000/10) × .40] =
$330,400
1-484 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-485 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
23. Royce Co. acquired 60% of Park Co. for $420,000 on December 31, 2014 when Park's book
value was $560,000. The Royce stock was not actively traded. On the date of acquisition,
Park had equipment (with a ten-year life) that was undervalued in the financial records by
$140,000. One year later, the following selected figures were reported by the two companies.
Additionally, no dividends have been paid.
What is the consolidated balance of the Equipment account at December 31, 2015?
A. $644,400.
B. $784,000.
C. $719,600.
D. $770,000.
E. $775,600.
[Parent's Equipment $364,000] + [Sub's Equipment $280,000] + [Excess Amortization
Remaining $140,000 - $14,000] = $770,000
1-486 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-487 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
24. On January 1, 2014, Palk Corp. and Spraz Corp. had condensed balance sheets as follows:
On January 2, 2014, Palk borrowed the entire $84,000 it needed to acquire 80% of the
outstanding common shares of Spraz. The loan was to be paid in ten equal annual principal
payments, plus interest, beginning December 31, 2014. The excess consideration transferred
over the underlying book value of the acquired net assets was allocated 60% to inventory and
40% to goodwill.
What is consolidated current assets at January 2, 2014?
A. $127,000.
B. $129,800.
C. $143,800.
D. $148,000.
E. $135,400.
[Parent's Current Assets $99,000] + [Sub's Current Assets $28,000] + [Excess Consideration
to Inventory ($105,000 - $70,000 = $35,000 × .60) $21,000] = $148,000
1-488 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
1-489 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
25. On January 1, 2014, Palk Corp. and Spraz Corp. had condensed balance sheets as follows:
On January 2, 2014, Palk borrowed the entire $84,000 it needed to acquire 80% of the
outstanding common shares of Spraz. The loan was to be paid in ten equal annual principal
payments, plus interest, beginning December 31, 2014. The excess consideration transferred
over the underlying book value of the acquired net assets was allocated 60% to inventory and
40% to goodwill.
What is consolidated noncurrent assets at January 2, 2014?
A. $195,000.
B. $192,200.
C. $186,600.
D. $181,000.
E. $169,800.
[Parent's Non-Current Assets $125,000] + [Sub's Non-Current Assets $56,000] + [Excess
Consideration to Goodwill ($105,000 - $70,000 = $35,000 × .40) $14,000] = $195,000
1-490 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
1-491 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
26. On January 1, 2014, Palk Corp. and Spraz Corp. had condensed balance sheets as follows:
On January 2, 2014, Palk borrowed the entire $84,000 it needed to acquire 80% of the
outstanding common shares of Spraz. The loan was to be paid in ten equal annual principal
payments, plus interest, beginning December 31, 2014. The excess consideration transferred
over the underlying book value of the acquired net assets was allocated 60% to inventory and
40% to goodwill.
What are the total consolidated current liabilities at January 2, 2014?
A. $53,200.
B. $56,000.
C. $64,400.
D. $42,000.
E. $70,000.
[Parent's Current Liabilities $42,000] + [Sub's Current Liabilities $14,000] + [Current Portion of
Acquisition Loan ($84,000/10) = $8,400] = $64,400
1-492 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
1-493 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
27. On January 1, 2014, Palk Corp. and Spraz Corp. had condensed balance sheets as follows:
On January 2, 2014, Palk borrowed the entire $84,000 it needed to acquire 80% of the
outstanding common shares of Spraz. The loan was to be paid in ten equal annual principal
payments, plus interest, beginning December 31, 2014. The excess consideration transferred
over the underlying book value of the acquired net assets was allocated 60% to inventory and
40% to goodwill.
What is consolidated stockholders' equity at January 2, 2014?
A. $112,000.
B. $133,000.
C. $168,000.
D. $182,000.
E. $203,000.
Parent's Equity $112,000 + Non-Controlling Interest $21,000 = $133,000
1-494 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-06 Identify appropriate placements for the components of the noncontrolling interest in consolidated
financial statements.
28. In measuring non-controlling interest at the date of acquisition, which of the following would
not be indicative of the value attributed to the non-controlling interest?
A. Fair value based on stock trades of the acquired company.
B. Subsidiary cash flows discounted to present value.
C. Book value of subsidiary net assets.
D. Projections of residual income.
E. Consideration transferred by the parent company that implies a total subsidiary value.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe the valuation principles underlying the acquisition method of accounting for the
noncontrolling interest.
1-495 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
29. When a parent uses the equity method throughout the year to account for its investment in an
acquired subsidiary, which of the following statements is false before making adjustments on
the consolidated worksheet?
A. Parent company net income equals controlling interest in consolidated net income.
B. Parent company retained earnings equals consolidated retained earnings.
C. Parent company total assets equals consolidated total assets.
D. Parent company dividends equals consolidated dividends.
E. Goodwill will not be recorded on the parent's books.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-496 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
30. When a parent uses the initial value method throughout the year to account for its investment
in an acquired subsidiary, which of the following statements is true before making adjustments
on the consolidated worksheet?
A. Parent company net income equals consolidated net income.
B. Parent company retained earnings equals consolidated retained earnings.
C. Parent company total assets equals consolidated total assets.
D. Parent company dividends equal consolidated dividends.
E. Goodwill needs to be recognized on the parent's books.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-497 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
31. When a parent uses the partial equity method throughout the year to account for its
investment in an acquired subsidiary, which of the following statements is false before making
adjustments on the consolidated worksheet?
A. Parent company net income will equal controlling interest in consolidated net income when
initial value, book value, and fair value of the investment are equal.
B. Parent company net income will exceed controlling interest in consolidated net income
when fair value of depreciable assets acquired exceeds book value of depreciable assets.
C. Parent company net income will be less than controlling interest in consolidated net income
when fair value of net assets acquired exceeds book value of net assets acquired.
D. Goodwill will be recognized if acquisition value exceeds fair value of net assets acquired.
E. Subsidiary net assets are valued at their book values before consolidating entries are
made.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-498 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
32. In a step acquisition, which of the following statements is false?
A. The acquisition method views a step acquisition essentially the same as a single step
acquisition.
B. Income from subsidiary is computed by applying a partial year for a new purchase acquired
during the year.
C. Income from subsidiary is computed for the entire year for a new purchase acquired during
the year.
D. Obtaining control through a step acquisition is a significant remeasurement event.
E. Preacquisition earnings are not included in the consolidated income statement.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-09 Understand the impact on consolidated financial statements when a step acquisition has taken
place.
1-499 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
33. Which of the following statements is false regarding multiple acquisitions of a subsidiary's
existing common stock?
A. The parent recognizes a larger percent of subsidiary income.
B. A step acquisition resulting in control may result in a parent recognizing a gain on
revaluation.
C. The book value of the subsidiary will increase.
D. The parent's percent ownership in subsidiary will increase.
E. Non-controlling interest in subsidiary's net income will decrease.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-09 Understand the impact on consolidated financial statements when a step acquisition has taken
place.
1-500 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
34. When a subsidiary is acquired sometime after the first day of the fiscal year, which of the
following statements is true?
A. Income from subsidiary is not recognized until there is an entire year of consolidated
operations.
B. Income from subsidiary is recognized from date of acquisition to year-end.
C. Excess cost over acquisition value is recognized at the beginning of the fiscal year.
D. No goodwill can be recognized.
E. Income from subsidiary is recognized for the entire year.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-08 Understand the impact on consolidated financial statements of a midyear acquisition.
1-501 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
35. When consolidating a subsidiary that was acquired on a date other than the first day of the
fiscal year, which of the following statements is true in the presentation of consolidated
financial statements?
A. Preacquisition earnings are deducted from consolidated revenues and expenses.
B. Preacquisition earnings are added to consolidated revenues and expenses.
C. Preacquisition earnings are deducted from the beginning consolidated stockholders' equity.
D. Preacquisition earnings are added to the beginning consolidated stockholders' equity.
E. Preacquisition earnings are ignored in the consolidated income statement.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-08 Understand the impact on consolidated financial statements of a midyear acquisition.
1-502 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
36. When a parent uses the acquisition method for business combinations and sells shares of its
subsidiary, which of the following statements is false?
A. If majority control is still maintained, consolidated financial statements are still required.
B. If majority control is not maintained but significant influence exists, the equity method to
account for the investment is still used but consolidated financial statements are not
required.
C. If majority control is not maintained but significant influence exists, the equity method is still
used to account for the investment and consolidated financial statements are still required.
D. If majority control is not maintained and significant influence no longer exists, a prospective
change in accounting principle to the fair value method is required.
E. A gain or loss calculation must be prepared if control is lost.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-10 Record the sale of a subsidiary (or a portion of its shares).
1-503 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
37. All of the following statements regarding the sale of subsidiary shares are true except which of
the following?
A. The use of specific identification based on serial number is acceptable.
B. The use of the FIFO assumption is acceptable.
C. The use of the averaging assumption is acceptable.
D. The use of specific LIFO assumption is acceptable.
E. The parent company must determine whether consolidation is still appropriate for the
remaining shares owned.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-10 Record the sale of a subsidiary (or a portion of its shares).
1-504 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
38. Which of the following statements is true regarding the sale of subsidiary shares when using
the acquisition method for accounting for business combinations?
A. If control continues, the difference between selling price and acquisition value is recorded
as a realized gain or loss.
B. If control continues, the difference between selling price and acquisition value is an
unrealized gain or loss.
C. If control continues, the difference between selling price and carrying value is recorded as
an adjustment to additional paid-in capital.
D. If control continues, the difference between selling price and carrying value is recorded as
a realized gain or loss.
E. If control continues, the difference between selling price and carrying value is recorded as
an adjustment to retained earnings.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-10 Record the sale of a subsidiary (or a portion of its shares).
1-505 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
39. Jax Company uses the acquisition method for accounting for its investment in Saxton
Company. Jax sells some of its shares of Saxton such that neither control nor significant
influence exists. Which of the following statements is true?
A. The difference between selling price and acquisition value is recorded as a realized gain or
loss.
B. The difference between selling price and acquisition value is recorded as an unrealized
gain or loss.
C. The difference between selling price and carrying value is recorded as a realized gain or
loss.
D. The difference between selling price and carrying value is recorded as an unrealized gain
or loss.
E. The difference between selling price and carrying value is recorded as an adjustment to
retained earnings.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Understand
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-10 Record the sale of a subsidiary (or a portion of its shares).
1-506 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
40. Keefe Inc, a calendar-year corporation, acquires 70% of George Company on September 1,
2014, and an additional 10% on January 1, 2015. Total annual amortization of $6,000 relates
to the first acquisition. George reports the following figures for 2015:
Without regard for this investment, Keefe independently earns $300,000 in net income during
2015.
All net income is earned evenly throughout the year.
What is the controlling interest in consolidated net income for 2015?
A. $380,000.
B. $375,200.
C. $375,800.
D. $376,000.
E. $400,000.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-08 Understand the impact on consolidated financial statements of a midyear acquisition.
1-507 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
41. McGuire Company acquired 90 percent of Hogan Company on January 1, 2014, for $234,000
cash. This amount is reflective of Hogan's total fair value. Hogan's stockholders' equity
consisted of common stock of $160,000 and retained earnings of $80,000. An analysis of
Hogan's net assets revealed the following:
Any excess consideration transferred over fair value is attributable to an unamortized patent
with a useful life of 5 years.
The acquisition value attributable to the non-controlling interest at January 1, 2014 is:
A. $23,400.
B. $24,000.
C. $24,900.
D. $26,000.
E. $20,000.
$234,000/.90 = $260,000 × .10 = $26,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-02 Describe the valuation principles underlying the acquisition method of accounting for the
noncontrolling interest.
1-508 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
42. McGuire Company acquired 90 percent of Hogan Company on January 1, 2014, for $234,000
cash. This amount is reflective of Hogan's total fair value. Hogan's stockholders' equity
consisted of common stock of $160,000 and retained earnings of $80,000. An analysis of
Hogan's net assets revealed the following:
Any excess consideration transferred over fair value is attributable to an unamortized patent
with a useful life of 5 years.
In consolidation at January 1, 2014, what adjustment is necessary for Hogan's Buildings
account?
A. $2,000 increase.
B. $2,000 decrease.
C. $1,800 increase.
D. $1,800 decrease.
E. No change.
FV $8,000 - BV $10,000 = <$2,000> Reduction
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
1-509 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
43. McGuire Company acquired 90 percent of Hogan Company on January 1, 2014, for $234,000
cash. This amount is reflective of Hogan's total fair value. Hogan's stockholders' equity
consisted of common stock of $160,000 and retained earnings of $80,000. An analysis of
Hogan's net assets revealed the following:
Any excess consideration transferred over fair value is attributable to an unamortized patent
with a useful life of 5 years.
In consolidation at December 31, 2014, what adjustment is necessary for Hogan's Buildings
account?
A. $1,620 increase.
B. $1,620 decrease.
C. $1,800 increase.
D. $1,800 decrease.
E. No adjustment is necessary.
<$2,000> Reduction - 2014 Excess Amortization of <$200> = <$1,800> Reduction
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-510 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
44. McGuire Company acquired 90 percent of Hogan Company on January 1, 2014, for $234,000
cash. This amount is reflective of Hogan's total fair value. Hogan's stockholders' equity
consisted of common stock of $160,000 and retained earnings of $80,000. An analysis of
Hogan's net assets revealed the following:
Any excess consideration transferred over fair value is attributable to an unamortized patent
with a useful life of 5 years.
In consolidation at December 31, 2015, what adjustment is necessary for Hogan's Buildings
account?
A. $1,440 increase.
B. $1,440 decrease.
C. $1,600 increase.
D. $1,600 decrease.
E. No adjustment is necessary.
<$1,800> 2014 BV - 2015 Excess Amortization of <$200> = <$1,600> Reduction
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-511 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
45. McGuire Company acquired 90 percent of Hogan Company on January 1, 2014, for $234,000
cash. This amount is reflective of Hogan's total fair value. Hogan's stockholders' equity
consisted of common stock of $160,000 and retained earnings of $80,000. An analysis of
Hogan's net assets revealed the following:
Any excess consideration transferred over fair value is attributable to an unamortized patent
with a useful life of 5 years.
In consolidation at January 1, 2014, what adjustment is necessary for Hogan's Equipment
account?
A. $4,000 increase.
B. $4,000 decrease.
C. $3,600 increase.
D. $3,600 decrease.
E. No adjustment is necessary.
FV $18,000 - BV $14,000 = Increase $4,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
1-512 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
46. McGuire Company acquired 90 percent of Hogan Company on January 1, 2014, for $234,000
cash. This amount is reflective of Hogan's total fair value. Hogan's stockholders' equity
consisted of common stock of $160,000 and retained earnings of $80,000. An analysis of
Hogan's net assets revealed the following:
Any excess consideration transferred over fair value is attributable to an unamortized patent
with a useful life of 5 years.
In consolidation at December 31, 2014, what adjustment is necessary for Hogan's Equipment
account?
A. $3,000 increase.
B. $3,000 decrease.
C. $2,700 increase.
D. $2,700 decrease.
E. No adjustment is necessary.
Fair Value Differential $4,000 - Amortization for 2014 $1,000 = $3,000 Increase
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-513 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
47. McGuire Company acquired 90 percent of Hogan Company on January 1, 2014, for $234,000
cash. This amount is reflective of Hogan's total fair value. Hogan's stockholders' equity
consisted of common stock of $160,000 and retained earnings of $80,000. An analysis of
Hogan's net assets revealed the following:
Any excess consideration transferred over fair value is attributable to an unamortized patent
with a useful life of 5 years.
In consolidation at December 31, 2015, what adjustment is necessary for Hogan's Equipment
account?
A. $2,000 increase.
B. $2,000 decrease.
C. $1,800 increase.
D. $1,800 decrease.
E. No adjustment is necessary.
Fair Value Differential $4,000 - Amortization for 2014 & 2015 $2,000 = $2,000 Increase
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-514 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
48. McGuire Company acquired 90 percent of Hogan Company on January 1, 2014, for $234,000
cash. This amount is reflective of Hogan's total fair value. Hogan's stockholders' equity
consisted of common stock of $160,000 and retained earnings of $80,000. An analysis of
Hogan's net assets revealed the following:
Any excess consideration transferred over fair value is attributable to an unamortized patent
with a useful life of 5 years.
In consolidation at January 1, 2014, what adjustment is necessary for Hogan's Land account?
A. $7,000 increase.
B. $7,000 decrease.
C. $6,300 increase.
D. $6,300 decrease.
E. No adjustment is necessary.
Fair Value Differential at Acquisition $7,000 - No Amortization = $7,000 Increase
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
1-515 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
49. McGuire Company acquired 90 percent of Hogan Company on January 1, 2014, for $234,000
cash. This amount is reflective of Hogan's total fair value. Hogan's stockholders' equity
consisted of common stock of $160,000 and retained earnings of $80,000. An analysis of
Hogan's net assets revealed the following:
Any excess consideration transferred over fair value is attributable to an unamortized patent
with a useful life of 5 years.
In consolidation at December 31, 2014, what adjustment is necessary for Hogan's Land
account?
A. $8,000 decrease.
B. $7,000 increase.
C. $6,300 increase.
D. $6,300 decrease.
E. No adjustment is necessary.
Fair Value Differential at Acquisition $7,000 - No Amortization = $7,000 Increase
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-516 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
50. McGuire Company acquired 90 percent of Hogan Company on January 1, 2014, for $234,000
cash. This amount is reflective of Hogan's total fair value. Hogan's stockholders' equity
consisted of common stock of $160,000 and retained earnings of $80,000. An analysis of
Hogan's net assets revealed the following:
Any excess consideration transferred over fair value is attributable to an unamortized patent
with a useful life of 5 years.
In consolidation at December 31, 2015, what adjustment is necessary for Hogan's Land
account?
A. $7,000 decrease.
B. $7,000 increase.
C. $6,300 increase.
D. $6,300 decrease.
E. No adjustment is necessary.
Fair Value Differential at Acquisition $7,000 - No Amortization = $7,000 Increase
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-517 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
51. McGuire Company acquired 90 percent of Hogan Company on January 1, 2014, for $234,000
cash. This amount is reflective of Hogan's total fair value. Hogan's stockholders' equity
consisted of common stock of $160,000 and retained earnings of $80,000. An analysis of
Hogan's net assets revealed the following:
Any excess consideration transferred over fair value is attributable to an unamortized patent
with a useful life of 5 years.
In consolidation at January 1, 2014, what adjustment is necessary for Hogan's Patent
account?
A. $7,000.
B. $6,300.
C. $11,000.
D. $9,900.
E. No adjustment is necessary.
BV Equity $240,000 - Fair Value Equity at Acquisition $260,000 = $20,000 - Identified Net FV
Increase $9,000 (Blgs + Equipt + Land) = $11,000 Excess Attributed to Patent
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
1-518 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
52. McGuire Company acquired 90 percent of Hogan Company on January 1, 2014, for $234,000
cash. This amount is reflective of Hogan's total fair value. Hogan's stockholders' equity
consisted of common stock of $160,000 and retained earnings of $80,000. An analysis of
Hogan's net assets revealed the following:
Any excess consideration transferred over fair value is attributable to an unamortized patent
with a useful life of 5 years.
In consolidation at December 31, 2014, what net adjustment is necessary for Hogan's Patent
account?
A. $5,600.
B. $8,800.
C. $7,000.
D. $7,700.
E. No adjustment is necessary.
Attributed Fair Value Patent $11,000 - Amortization for 2014 $2,200 = $8,800
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-519 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
53. McGuire Company acquired 90 percent of Hogan Company on January 1, 2014, for $234,000
cash. This amount is reflective of Hogan's total fair value. Hogan's stockholders' equity
consisted of common stock of $160,000 and retained earnings of $80,000. An analysis of
Hogan's net assets revealed the following:
Any excess consideration transferred over fair value is attributable to an unamortized patent
with a useful life of 5 years.
In consolidation at December 31, 2015, what net adjustment is necessary for Hogan's Patent
account?
A. $4,200.
B. $5,500.
C. $8,000.
D. $6,600.
E. No adjustment is necessary.
Attributed Fair Value Patent $11,000 - Amortization for 2014 & 2015 $4,400 = $6,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-520 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
54. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the EQUITY METHOD is applied.
Compute Pell's investment account balance in Demers at December 31, 2014.
A. $580,000.
B. $574,400.
C. $548,000.
D. $542,400.
E. $541,000.
Initial Investment $500,000 + Controlling Interest Income for 2014 ($100,000 × .80) -
Dividends for 2014 ($40,000 × .80) - Excess FV Annual Amortization ($7,000 × .80) =
$542,400
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-521 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
55. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the EQUITY METHOD is applied.
Compute Pell's investment account balance in Demers at December 31, 2015.
A. $577,200.
B. $604,000.
C. $592,800.
D. $632,800.
E. $572,000.
December 2014 Investment Balance $542,400 + Controlling Interest Income for 2015
($120,000 × .80) - Dividends for 2015 ($50,000 × .80) - Excess FV Annual Amortization
($7,000 × .80) = $592,800
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-522 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
56. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the EQUITY METHOD is applied.
Compute Pell's investment account balance in Demers at December 31, 2016.
A. $639,000.
B. $643,200.
C. $763,200.
D. $676,000.
E. $620,000.
December 2015 Investment Balance $592,800 + Controlling Interest Income for 2016
($130,000 × .80) - Dividends for 2015 ($60,000 × .80) - Excess FV Annual Amortization
($7,000 × .80) = $643,200
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-523 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
57. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the EQUITY METHOD is applied.
Compute Pell's income from Demers for the year ended December 31, 2014.
A. $74,400.
B. $73,000.
C. $42,400.
D. $41,000.
E. $80,000.
Controlling Interest Income for 2014 ($100,000 × .80) - Excess FV Annual Amortization
($7,000 × .80) = $74,400
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-524 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
58. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the EQUITY METHOD is applied.
Compute Pell's income from Demers for the year ended December 31, 2015.
A. $90,400.
B. $89,000.
C. $50,400.
D. $56,000.
E. $96,000.
Controlling Interest Income for 2015 ($120,000 × .80) - Excess FV Annual Amortization
($7,000 × .80) = $90,400
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-525 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
59. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the EQUITY METHOD is applied.
Compute Pell's income from Demers for the year ended December 31, 2016.
A. $50,400.
B. $56,000.
C. $98,400.
D. $97,000.
E. $104,000.
Controlling Interest Income for 2016 ($130,000 × .80) - Excess FV Annual Amortization
($7,000 × .80) = $98,400
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-526 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
60. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the EQUITY METHOD is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in the net income of Demers at December 31, 2014.
A. $20,000.
B. $12,000.
C. $18,600.
D. $10,600.
E. $14,400.
Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2014 ($100,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual Amortization
($7,000 × .20) = $18,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-527 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
61. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the EQUITY METHOD is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in the net income of Demers at December 31, 2015.
A. $18,400.
B. $14,400.
C. $22,600.
D. $24,000.
E. $12,600.
Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2015 ($120,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual Amortization
($7,000 × .20) = $22,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-528 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
62. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the EQUITY METHOD is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in the net income of Demers at December 31, 2016.
A. $20,400.
B. $24,600.
C. $26,000.
D. $14,000.
E. $12,600.
Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2016 ($130,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual Amortization
($7,000 × .20) = $24,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-529 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
63. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the EQUITY METHOD is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in Demers at December 31, 2014.
A. $135,600.
B. $137,000.
C. $112,000.
D. $100,000.
E. $118,600.
Non-Controlling Interest at Acquisition $125,000 + Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2014
($100,000 × .20) - Non-Controlling Dividends for 2014 ($40,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual
Amortization ($7,000 × .20) = $135,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-530 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
64. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the EQUITY METHOD is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in Demers at December 31, 2015.
A. $107,000.
B. $126,000.
C. $109,200.
D. $149,600.
E. $148,200.
December 2014 Investment Balance $135,600 + Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2015
($120,000 × .20) - Non-Controlling Dividends for 2015 ($50,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual
Amortization ($7,000 × .20) = $148,200
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-531 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
65. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the EQUITY METHOD is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in Demers at December 31, 2016.
A. $107,800.
B. $140,000.
C. $165,200.
D. $160,800.
E. $146,800.
December 2015 Investment Balance $148,200 + Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2016
($130,000 × .20) - Non-Controlling Dividends for 2016 ($60,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual
Amortization ($7,000 × .20) = $160,800
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-532 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
66. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the INITIAL VALUE is applied.
Compute Pell's investment in Demers at December 31, 2014.
A. $500,000.
B. $574,400.
C. $625,000.
D. $542,400.
E. $532,000.
Initial Investment = $500,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-533 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
67. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the INITIAL VALUE is applied.
Compute Pell's investment in Demers at December 31, 2015.
A. $625,000.
B. $664,800.
C. $592,400.
D. $500,000.
E. $572,000.
Initial Investment = $500,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-534 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
68. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the INITIAL VALUE is applied.
Compute Pell's investment in Demers at December 31, 2016.
A. $592,400.
B. $500,000.
C. $625,000.
D. $676,000.
E. $620,000.
Initial Investment = $500,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-535 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
69. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the INITIAL VALUE is applied.
How much does Pell record as Income from Demers for the year ended December 31, 2014?
A. $32,000.
B. $74,400.
C. $73,000.
D. $42,400.
E. $41,000.
2014 Dividends $40,000 × .80 = $32,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-536 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
70. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the INITIAL VALUE is applied.
How much does Pell record as Income from Demers for the year ended December 31, 2015?
A. $90,400.
B. $40,000.
C. $89,000.
D. $50,400.
E. $56,000.
2015 Dividends $50,000 × .80 = $40,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-537 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
71. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the INITIAL VALUE is applied.
How much does Pell record as Income from Demers for the year ended December 31, 2016?
A. $48,000.
B. $56,000.
C. $98,400.
D. $97,000.
E. $50,400.
2016 Dividends $60,000 × .80 = $48,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-538 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
72. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the INITIAL VALUE is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in the net income of Demers at December 31, 2014.
A. $12,000.
B. $10,600.
C. $18,600.
D. $20,000.
E. $14,400.
Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2014 ($100,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual Amortization
($7,000 × .20) = $18,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-539 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
73. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the INITIAL VALUE is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in the net income of Demers at December 31, 2015.
A. $18,400.
B. $14,000.
C. $22,600.
D. $24,000.
E. $12,600.
Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2015 ($120,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual Amortization
($7,000 × .20) = $22,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-540 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
74. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the INITIAL VALUE is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in the net income of Demers at December 31, 2016.
A. $24,600.
B. $14,000.
C. $26,000.
D. $20,400.
E. $12,600.
Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2016 ($130,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual Amortization
($7,000 × .20) = $24,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-541 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
75. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the INITIAL VALUE is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in Demers at December 31, 2014.
A. $135,600.
B. $80,000.
C. $117,000.
D. $100,000.
E. $110,600.
Non-Controlling Interest at Acquisition $125,000 + Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2014
($100,000 × .20) - Non-Controlling Dividends for 2014 ($40,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual
Amortization ($7,000 × .20) = $135,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-542 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
76. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the INITIAL VALUE is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in Demers at December 31, 2015.
A. $126,000.
B. $106,000.
C. $109,200.
D. $149,600.
E. $148,200.
December 2014 Investment Balance $135,600 + Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2015
($120,000 × .20) - Non-Controlling Dividends for 2015 ($50,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual
Amortization ($7,000 × .20) = $148,200
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-543 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
77. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the INITIAL VALUE is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in Demers at December 31, 2016.
A. $107,800.
B. $140,000.
C. $80,000.
D. $50,000.
E. $160,800.
December 2015 Investment Balance $148,200 + Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2016
($130,000 × .20) - Non-Controlling Dividends for 2016 ($60,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual
Amortization ($7,000 × .20) = $160,800
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-544 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
78. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the PARTIAL EQUITY method is applied.
Compute Pell's investment in Demers at December 31, 2014.
A. $625,000.
B. $574,400.
C. $548,000.
D. $542,400.
E. $532,000.
Initial Investment $500,000 + Controlling Interest Income for 2014 ($100,000 × .80) -
Dividends for 2014 ($40,000 × .80) = $548,000
1-545 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-546 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
79. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the PARTIAL EQUITY method is applied.
Compute Pell's investment in Demers at December 31, 2015.
A. $676,000.
B. $629,000.
C. $580,000.
D. $604,000.
E. $572,000.
December 2014 Investment Balance $548,000 + Controlling Interest Income for 2015
($120,000 × .80) - Dividends for 2015 ($50,000 × .80) = $604,000
1-547 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-548 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
80. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the PARTIAL EQUITY method is applied.
Compute Pell's investment in Demers at December 31, 2016.
A. $780,000.
B. $660,000.
C. $785,000.
D. $676,000.
E. $620,000.
December 2015 Investment Balance $604,000 + Controlling Interest Income for 2016
($130,000 × .80) - Dividends for 2015 ($60,000 × .80) = $660,000
1-549 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-550 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
81. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the PARTIAL EQUITY method is applied.
How much does Pell record as Income from Demers for the year ended December 31, 2014?
A. $80,000.
B. $74,400.
C. $73,000.
D. $42,400.
E. $41,000.
Controlling Interest Income for 2014 ($100,000 × .80) = $80,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-551 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
82. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the PARTIAL EQUITY method is applied.
How much does Pell record as income from Demers for the year ended December 31, 2015?
A. $90,400.
B. $89,000.
C. $50,400.
D. $96,000.
E. $56,000.
Controlling Interest Income for 2015 ($120,000 × .80) = $96,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-552 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
83. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the PARTIAL EQUITY method is applied.
How much does Pell record as income from Demers for the year ended December 31, 2016?
A. $98,400.
B. $56,000.
C. $104,000.
D. $97,000.
E. $50,400.
Controlling Interest Income for 2016 ($130,000 × .80) = $104,000
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-01 Understand that complete ownership is not a prerequisite for the formation of a business
combination.
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-553 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
84. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the PARTIAL EQUITY method is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in the net income of Demers at December 31, 2014.
A. $20,000.
B. $12,000.
C. $18,600.
D. $10,600.
E. $14,400.
Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2014 ($100,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual Amortization
($7,000 × .20) = $18,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-554 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
85. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the PARTIAL EQUITY method is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in the net income of Demers at December 31, 2015.
A. $18,400.
B. $14,000.
C. $22,600.
D. $24,000.
E. $12,600.
Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2015 ($120,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual Amortization
($7,000 × .20) = $22,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-555 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
86. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the PARTIAL EQUITY method is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in the net income of Demers at December 31, 2016.
A. $20,400.
B. $26,000.
C. $24,600.
D. $14,000.
E. $12,600.
Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2016 ($130,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual Amortization
($7,000 × .20) = $24,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-04 Demonstrate the computation and allocation of consolidated net income in the presence of a
noncontrolling interest.
1-556 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
87. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the PARTIAL EQUITY method is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in Demers at December 31, 2014.
A. $135,600.
B. $114,000.
C. $112,000.
D. $100,000.
E. $110,600.
Non-Controlling Interest at Acquisition $125,000 + Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2014
($100,000 × .20) - Non-Controlling Dividends for 2014 ($40,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual
Amortization ($7,000 × .20) = $135,600
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-557 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
88. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the PARTIAL EQUITY method is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in Demers at December 31, 2015.
A. $124,000.
B. $126,000.
C. $109,200.
D. $149,600.
E. $148,200.
December 2014 Investment Balance $135,600 + Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2015
($120,000 × .20) - Non-Controlling Dividends for 2015 ($50,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual
Amortization ($7,000 × .20) = $148,200
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-558 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
89. Pell Company acquires 80% of Demers Company for $500,000 on January 1, 2014. Demers
reported common stock of $300,000 and retained earnings of $210,000 on that date.
Equipment was undervalued by $30,000 and buildings were undervalued by $40,000, each
having a 10-year remaining life. Any excess consideration transferred over fair value was
attributed to goodwill with an indefinite life. Based on an annual review, goodwill has not been
impaired.
Demers earns income and pays dividends as follows:
Assume the PARTIAL EQUITY method is applied.
Compute the non-controlling interest in Demers at December 31, 2016.
A. $107,800.
B. $140,000.
C. $80,000.
D. $160,800.
E. $146,800.
December 2015 Investment Balance $148,200 + Non-Controlling Interest Income for 2016
($130,000 × .20) - Non-Controlling Dividends for 2016 ($60,000 × .20) - Excess FV Annual
Amortization ($7,000 × .20) = $160,800
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-559 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
90. Parsons Company acquired 90% of Roxy Company several years ago and recorded goodwill
of $200,000 at that date. During 2015 an analysis of the fair value of Roxy's assets determined
an impairment of goodwill in the amount of $50,000.
At what amount would consolidated goodwill be reported for 2015?
A. $150,000.
B. $200,000.
C. $50,000.
D. $0.
E. $135,000.
(Recorded Goodwill $200,000) - (2015 Goodwill Impairment $50,000) = $150,000 Reported
Goodwill for 2015
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Apply
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-560 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
91. Parsons Company acquired 90% of Roxy Company several years ago and recorded goodwill
of $200,000 at that date. During 2015 an analysis of the fair value of Roxy's assets determined
an impairment of goodwill in the amount of $50,000.
What journal entry would be made by Parsons regarding the impairment of goodwill?
A. Journal entry A.
B. Journal entry B.
C. Journal entry C.
D. Journal entry D.
E. Journal entry E.
AACSB: Analytic
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Blooms: Analyze
Difficulty: 1 Easy
Learning Objective: 04-05 Identify and calculate the four noncontrolling interest figures that must be included within the
consolidation process and prepare a consolidation worksheet in the presence of a noncontrolling interest.
1-561 Copyright © 2015 McGraw-Hill Education. All rights reserved. No reproduction or distribution without the prior written consent of
McGraw-Hill Education.
92. In comparing U.S. GAAP and international financial reporting standards (IFRS) with regard to
a basis for measurement of a non-controlling interest, which of the following is true?
A. U.S. GAAP requires acquisition-date fair value measurement and IFRS requires the
acquiree's identifiable net asset fair value measurement.
B. U.S. GAAP and IFRS both require acquisition-date fair value measurement.
C. U.S. GAAP and IFRS both require the acquiree's identifiable net asset fair value
measurement.
D. U.S. GAAP requires acquisition-date fair value measurement, but IFRS allows an option for
acquisition-date fair value measurement.
E. U.S. GAAP and IFRS both apportion goodwill to the parent only.
AACSB: Reflective thinking
AICPA BB: Critical Thinking
AICPA FN: Measurement
Accessibility: Keyboard Navigation
Blooms: Remember
Difficulty: 2 Medium
Learning Objective: 04-10 Record the sale of a subsidiary (or a portion of its shares).